Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 224

Alcatel-Lucent GSM

Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110


Micro BTS Corrective Maintenance
Handbook

BTS Document
Procedural Handbook
Release B11

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


BLANK PAGE BREAK

Status RELEASED

Short title Maintenance Handbook


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use
and communication of its contents not permitted without written
authorization from Alcatel-Lucent.

2 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Contents

Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1 Safety Rules and Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.1 Safety Rules for Equipment Under Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2 Electrostatic Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.1 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.2 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.3 Transportation and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2.4 Components and PBAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.1 Adjust MSUM/MSUMA (CGU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.2 Before You Start to Replace 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS or SSC RITs . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.3 Replace 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.4 Replace COBO RITs (Fuses and Abis Lightning Protection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.5 Replace ACCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.6 Replace ABISCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.7 Replace Fan Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.8 Replace Top of Cover with Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.9 Replace Integrated Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.10 Replace VSWR Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.11 Replace SSC RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.11.1 Replace SSCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.11.2 Replace SSCPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.11.3 Replace SSCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.11.4 Replace SSCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.11.5 Replace SSCCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.11.6 Replace SSC Lightning Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3 9100 BTS RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.1 Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.1.1 Before You Start to Open and Close BTS 9100 Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.1.2 Open and Close 9100 BTS and External Battery Indoor Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.1.3 Open and Close 9100 BTS and External Battery Outdoor Cabinets . . . . . . . . . 52
3.2 Adjust the Clock of the SUM (CGU) in the 9100 BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.3 Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.4 Physical RIT Positions in STASR/ACSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.5 Replace ABAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.6 Replace ACDUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.7 Replace ACIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.8 Replace AC Link Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.9 Replace ACRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.10 Replace ADAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.11 Replace ADAM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.12 Replace ADAM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13 Replace ANX, ANY, ANC, ANB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.14 Replace AGC/AGX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.15 Replace APOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.16 Replace BACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.17 Replace BAC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.18 Replace BATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.19 Replace BCU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.20 Replace BCU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.21 Replace BU41 in Combination with PM08/PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.22 Replace BU100 in Combination with PM08/PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.23 Replace BU41/BU100 in Combination with PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 3 / 224


Contents

3.23.1 Replace BU41 in Combination with PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104


3.23.2 Replace BU100 in Combination with PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.24 Replace BU101 in 9100 MBS GSM Outdoor and 9100 MBS GSM Evolution Outdoor . . . 107
3.25 Replace DAC Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.25.1 Replace DAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.25.2 Replace Inlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
3.25.3 Replace Outlet Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.25.4 Replace Fan Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.26 Replace DCDUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
3.27 Replace External Diplexer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.28 Replace FACB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.29 Replace FANU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
3.30 Replace GNC Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.30.1 Remove GNC Board from SUMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.30.2 Install GNC Board on SUMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.31 Replace GPS Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.31.1 Remove GPS Receiver from SUMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.31.2 Install GPS Receiver on SUMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
3.32 Replace HEAT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3.33 Replace HEAT3/HEAT4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
3.34 Replace HEATDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.35 Replace HEX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.36 Replace HEX3/HEX4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.37 Replace HEX5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.38 Replace HEX8/HEX9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.39 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.39.1 Case of CBO Variant AAAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.39.2 Case of CBO Variant AAAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.40 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.41 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM of CBIE/CBOE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.42 Replace Lightning Protection in ACDUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.43 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.44 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.45 Replace LPQM/LPQMDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.46 Replace OUTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.47 Replace PCM Overvoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.48 Replace PM08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.49 Replace PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.49.1 Replace a Single PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.49.2 Replace All PM11s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.50 Replace PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.51 Add PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.52 Remove PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.53 Replace PM18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.53.1 Replace PM18 Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.53.2 Replace PM18 Rectifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.53.3 Replace PM18 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
3.53.4 Update RI and Settings on PM18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
3.54 Replace Range Extension Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.54.1 Replace Mast Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.54.2 Replace Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.55 Replace/Test 9100 BTS Residual Current Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.55.1 Replace 9100 BTS Residual Current Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.55.2 Test 9100 BTS Residual Current Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
3.56 Replace CBIE/CBOE Cooling System Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.57 Replace CBIE/CBOE System Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.58 Replace CBIE/CBOE Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

4 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Contents

3.59 Replace CBIE/CBOE Rectifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


3.60 Replace Service Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.60.1 Replace Service Light Unit in MBO Evolution Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
3.60.2 Replace Service Light Lamp Unit in MBO Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.60.3 Replace Service Light Lamp in other Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.61 Replace/Test 9100 BTS Smoke Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.61.1 Replace 9100 BTS Smoke Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.61.2 Test 9100 BTS Smoke Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
3.62 Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.63 Replace D2U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3.64 Replace Tower Mounted Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3.64.1 Replace TMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.64.2 Replace Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
3.65 Replace TRE Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.66 Replace TGTx Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3.67 Replace TMXAx Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.67.1 Replace GSM TMXAx (MC TRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.67.2 Replace Other Standard TMXAx (MC TRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.68 Replace/Test 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
3.68.1 Replace 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.68.2 Test 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.69 Replace XIOB in an Outdoor BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.70 Replace XIBM in an Indoor BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4 Distributed BTS RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
4.1 Before You Start to Replace Distributed BTS RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4.2 Replace RRH2x40 Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4.3 Replace SFP Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4.3.1 Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4.3.2 Replace SFP Module on RRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
4.4 Replace SUMX 19 Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
4.5 Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
4.6 Replace GNC Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.7 Replace GPS Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.8 Replace Optical Fiber Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
4.8.1 Remove the Optical Fiber Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
4.8.2 Install the Optical Fiber Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
5.1 Replace Air-Conditioner Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
5.1.1 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
5.1.2 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
5.2 Replace Lightning Protection in External Outdoor Battery Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
5.3 Replace Service Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
5.3.1 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
5.3.2 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
5.4 Replace BU101 in External Battery Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
6 BTS OMU Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
6.1 Before You Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
6.2 Use a BTS, BSC or OMC-R Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 5 / 224


Figures

Figures
Figure 1: 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Figure 2: RITs in COBO with Old ABISCO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Figure 3: RITs in COBO with New ABISCO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Figure 4: COBO Internal Layout - ACCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Figure 5: Old ABISCO Layout (3BK 08283 AAxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Figure 6: New ABISCO Layout (3BK 08283 ABxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Figure 7: 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS with Two VSWR Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Figure 8: SSC, Position of RITs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Figure 9: SSC, Battery Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Figure 10: SSC, Installation of Battery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Figure 11: SSCPS, LEDs Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Figure 12: SSCFH, Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Figure 13: SSCFH, Internal View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Figure 14: SSCCF, Detailed View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 15: SSC, AC Connection Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Figure 16: CIMI/CIDI and CIMA/CIDE Front External Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Figure 17: MBI3/MBI5 Front External Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Figure 18: External Indoor Battery Cabinet Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Figure 19: COME/COMI/COEP Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Figure 20: CODE/CODI/COEP Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Figure 21: CPT2 Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Figure 22: MBO1 AC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Figure 23: MBO1E Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Figure 24: MBO1 DC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Figure 25: MBO1EDC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Figure 26: MBO1T Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Figure 27: MBO2 AC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Figure 28: MBO2E Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Figure 29: MBO2 DC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Figure 30: MBO2EDC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Figure 31: CBO AC Variant Modules Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Figure 32: CBO DC Variant Modules Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Figure 33: CBIE/CBOE AC Variant Modules Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Figure 34: CBIE/CBOE DC Variant Modules Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 35: Module Positions of External Outdoor Battery Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Figure 36: STASR/ACSR, Physical RIT Positions and Slot Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Figure 37: BU41 Battery Branches and Terminal Connections in Combination with PM08/PM11 . . . . . . . . 99
Figure 38: BU100 Battery Branch and Terminal Connections in Combination with PM08/PM11 . . . . . . . . 101

6 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Figures

Figure 39: BU41/BU100 Battery Branches and Terminal Connections (top view) in Combination with
PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Figure 40: BU101 Battery Branches and Terminal Connections (front view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Figure 41: LPFU Internal View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Figure 42: OUTC Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Figure 43: BU101 Battery Unit and Terminal Connections in External Battery Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 7 / 224


Tables

Tables
Table 1: 9110 Micro BTS Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 2: 9110 Micro BTS-E Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Table 3: VSWR Detector Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 4: 9100 BTS Antenna Network Module RIT Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Table 5: Torque Values for RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Table 6: 9100 BTS Antenna Network Module RIT Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Table 7: Torque Values for RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Table 8: Torque Values for RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Table 9: TMA Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Table 10: 9100 BTS TRE Module RIT Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Table 11: Torque Values for RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Table 12: 9100 BTS TRE Module RIT Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Table 13: Torque Values for RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Table 14: 9100 BTS TRE Module RIT Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Table 15: Torque Values for RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

8 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Preface

Preface
Purpose The Distributed BTS/9100 BTS/9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS Corrective
Maintenance Handbook describes how to perform BTS maintenance. It breaks
down each maintenance task into a series of step-by-step instructions, and tells
you what tools and materials are required.
The handbook covers the following equipment configurations:
Distributed BTS

9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS, 9100 BTS

CPT2

MBO1, MBOT, MBO1E, MBO2, MBO2E

CBO, CBIE, CBOE


External Battery Cabinet Outdoor.

Note: Your network may not have some of the hardware included in the
handbook.
For more information about these configurations, refer to the functional
description documents.
The Alcatel-Lucent Radio Solutions include the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro
BTS/9100 equipment described in this document.
This document also contains information about the following new features:

IP transport in the BSS in Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62)

Remote BTS NEM 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3)

Document Pertinence This document applies to Release B11 of the BSS.


This document contains IP transport in the BSS related information. This
feature is available commercially from Release B12.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 9 / 224


Preface

What’s New In Edition 29b


Improvements in Replace SUMX 19 Inch (Section 4.4) .
Improvements in Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 29a
Section Replace SUMX 19 Inch (Section 4.4) was added.
The following sections were updated:

Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62)


Replace Other Standard TMXAx (MC TRE) (Section 3.67.2)

Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch (Section 4.5).

In Edition 29
Improvements in Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch (Section
4.5)
Description improvement in Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 28
Description improvement in Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62).

In Edition 27
Description improvement in Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 26
Description improvement in Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 25
Description improvement in Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14).

In Edition 24
The following sections were updated:

Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67)


Replace SFP Module (Section 4.3)

Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch (Section 4.5).


The following sections were added:

Replace GNC Board (Section 4.6)


Replace GPS Receiver (Section 4.7).

In Edition 23
The following sections were updated:

Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62)

Replace XIOB in an Outdoor BTS (Section 3.69).

In Edition 22
Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67) was updated.

10 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Preface

In Edition 21
Overall document quality was improved following an editorial review.
The section Replace SFP Module (Section 4.3) was improved.
The following sections were added:

Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM of CBIE/CBOE (Section 3.41)


Replace CBIE/CBOE Cooling System Filter (Section 3.56)

Replace CBIE/CBOE System Fan Tray (Section 3.57)

Replace CBIE/CBOE Fan Tray (Section 3.58)

Replace CBIE/CBOE Rectifier (Section 3.59)

Replace D2U (Section 3.63)


Remove PM12 (Section 3.52)

Replace RRH2x40 Module (Section 4.2)

Replace SFP Module (Section 4.3)

Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch (Section 4.5)

Replace Optical Fiber Link (Section 4.8).


The release name was changed in Document pertinence.
Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62) was updated with information
about the IP Transport in BSS feature.
The following sections were updated:
Replace ACRI (Section 3.9)

Replace ANX, ANY, ANC, ANB (Section 3.13)

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace BCU1 (Section 3.19)

Replace FACB (Section 3.28)


Replace GPS Receiver (Section 3.31)

Replace OUTC (Section 3.46)

Replace PM12 (Section 3.50)

Add PM12 (Section 3.51)

Replace TRE Module (Section 3.65)


Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66)

Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

Replace XIBM in an Indoor BTS (Section 3.70).

In Edition 20
The following sections have been updated for CBIE:
Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM of CBIE/CBOE (Section 3.41)

Replace CBIE/CBOE Cooling System Filter (Section 3.56)

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 11 / 224


Preface

Replace CBIE/CBOE System Fan Tray (Section 3.57)


Replace CBIE/CBOE Fan Tray (Section 3.58)

Replace CBIE/CBOE Rectifier (Section 3.59).

In Edition 19
Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67) updated with MC TRE software preload.
The section Replace D2U (Section 3.63) is added.

In Edition 18
The replacement procedures have been updated for:
Replace ACRI (Section 3.9)

Replace FACB (Section 3.28)

Replace XIBM in an Indoor BTS (Section 3.70)

In Edition 17
Section Remove PM12 (Section 3.52) was added.
Description improvement in:

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace OUTC (Section 3.46).

In Edition 16
Description improvements in:
Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66)

Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67)

Replace OUTC (Section 3.46).

In Edition 15
The following sections have been added:
Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM of CBIE/CBOE (Section 3.41)

Replace CBIE/CBOE Cooling System Filter (Section 3.56)

Replace CBIE/CBOE System Fan Tray (Section 3.57)

Replace CBIE/CBOE Fan Tray (Section 3.58)


Replace CBIE/CBOE Rectifier (Section 3.59).
Figures CBIE/CBOE AC Variant Modules Position (33) and CBIE/CBOE DC
Variant Modules Position (34) have been added.
Description improvement done in:
Replace ANX, ANY, ANC, ANB (Section 3.13)

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace PM12 (Section 3.50)

Add PM12 (Section 3.51)

12 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Preface

Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66)


Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 13 / 224


Preface

In Edition 14
Description improvement made in:

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66)

Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 13
Improvements have been made in:

Replace ANX, ANY, ANC, ANB (Section 3.13)

Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62).

In Edition 12
Description improvement done in:

Replace TRE Module (Section 3.65)

Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66)

Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 11
Description improvement done in Replace TMXAx Module (Section 3.67).

In Edition 10
Description improvement done in Replace BCU1 (Section 3.19).

In Edition 09
Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14) was updated.

In Edition 08
Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66) was updated.

In Edition 07
The following sections were updated:

Replace ACRI (Section 3.9)

Replace ANX, ANY, ANC, ANB (Section 3.13)


Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace BCU1 (Section 3.19)

Replace BCU2 (Section 3.20)

Replace FACB (Section 3.28)

Replace OUTC (Section 3.46)


Replace XIOB in an Outdoor BTS (Section 3.69)

Replace XIBM in an Indoor BTS (Section 3.70).

14 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


Preface

In Edition 06
Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14) was updated.

In Edition 05
Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14) was updated.

In Edition 04
The following sectons were updated:

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace OUTC (Section 3.46)


Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62).
Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section 3.62) was updated.
Replace GPS Receiver (Section 3.31) was added.
The following sectons were updated:

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)


Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66).

In Edition 03
The following sectons were updated:

Replace AGC/AGX (Section 3.14)

Replace TGTx Module (Section 3.66).

In Edition 02
The following sectons were updated:

Replace ACDUE (Section 3.6)

Replace Service Light (Section 3.60)

Replace/Test 9100 BTS Smoke Detector (Section 3.61).

In Edition 01
First official release of the document for B11.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 15 / 224


Preface

Audience The handbook is intended for:


Maintenance engineers

System support engineers

Network technicians

Network operators.

Assumed Knowledge You must have a basic understanding of the following:

Alcatel-Lucent operations and maintenance (O&M) concepts for the BSS


Managed Objects (SBL) hierarchies of the BTS

BSS hardware configurations

BTS and OMC-R terminals

MS-DOS
Telecommunications engineering

Anti-static procedures

RF test and measurement equipment

Signal analyzers as used on GSM networks


Electronic test equipment.

16 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


1 Safety Rules and Precautions

1 Safety Rules and Precautions

This section contains the following safety rules and precautions:

Safety rules for equipment under power

Electrostatic precautions.

Injury from Equipment


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result from mishandling.
While performing any maintenance tasks or procedures, you must follow any
local safety requirements, those mentioned in General Safety Instructions for
Field Operations and this section.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 17 / 224


1 Safety Rules and Precautions

1.1 Safety Rules for Equipment Under Power


For maintenance purposes, field operators may have to work on equipment
under power (-48 VDC or -60 VDC). This means that it is possible to touch
some parts under power that are only protected by heavy fuses. Maintenance
activities must be carried out carefully to avoid short circuits and to prevent
serious personal injury.
Remove all conductive objects from the hands, such as rings, bracelets,
metallic wrist watches and so on. Use appropriate insulated tools for
maintenance activities.

1.2 Electrostatic Precautions


1.2.1 Environment
The following electrostatic precautions must be observed:

Ensure that work benches, stools, and floor mats have a conducting surface
connected to ground. Before handling static-sensitive components and
assemblies, ground yourself to the conducting surface using an anti-static
wrist strap

When handling static-sensitive components and assemblies, do not wear


or use clothes made of wool, nylon or any other synthetic material. Such
fabrics are major sources of static build up

When handling static-sensitive components and assemblies, do not use


gloves and finger covers, unless they are made of cotton.

1.2.2 Tools
The following electrostatic precautions must be observed:

Ensure that all the tools which come into contact with static-sensitive
components are at the same voltage level as the conducting work surfaces
and floor mats. These tools include soldering irons, oscilloscopes, power
supplies, and metal parts of tools and fixtures that are used to hold,
assemble or test PBAs

Do not use rough cleaners or erasers to clean the gold-plated contacts


on PBAs
Do not mark a PBA with a lead pencil or any other writing instrument

Do not use synthetic brushes to clean equipment, and do not use dry
cleaning methods.

18 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


1 Safety Rules and Precautions

1.2.3 Transportation and Storage


The following electrostatic precautions must be observed:

Pack all containers used to transport and store static-sensitive components,


and use aluminium container tubes if possible. If not, insert the component
terminations into electrically conductive foam

Before shipping a PBA, wrap it in a conducting synthetic bag or in aluminium


foil. Also pack the PBA in a polyethylene transport box

Before shipping a PBA which has MOS components, ensure that an


appropriate warning symbol is displayed on the package

Store spare PBAs in their appropriate polyethylene boxes. Keep the boxes
closed except when access to their contents is required

Do not store PBAs in an area where the air is polluted with smoke, dust,
dangerous gases or other airborne particles that may cause damage

Do not stack PBAs side-by-side or on top of each other with the board
surfaces or components in contact with one another

Before cleaning a PBA, remove or disconnect the damage protection, such


as protective foam, to allow the PBA to be cleaned thoroughly. Replace the
damage protection upon completion of the task.

1.2.4 Components and PBAs


The following electrostatic precautions must be observed:

Components and PBAs not in protective containers, must only be handled


by trained personnel in static-controlled work areas

Before removing a PBA from an equipment rack, discharge any static by


touching the metal frame of the rack with your hand

Always handle a PBA by the edges

Do not handle or carry a PBA by any of the mounted components

Do not handle a PBA by the gold-plated contact terminals and do not apply
direct pressure to the components

Do not touch PBA connection pins or conductor paths

Do not touch PBAs with wet hands


Place PBAs that have been removed during maintenance with the soldered
side down on a conductive surface

Do not scratch or rub the soldered side of a PBA with a sharp or rough object

Do not repair PBAs in the switch room


Do not handle components and assemblies by their leads

Do not use excessive force when inserting connection boards.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 19 / 224


1 Safety Rules and Precautions

20 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

This section tells you how to adjust the CGU and how to remove and replace
9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS and SSC RITs.
It contains procedures for replacing the following RITs:
9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS

COBO

ACCO

ABISCO

Fan Cassette
Top of Cover with Fan

Integrated Antenna

VSWR detector

SSC RITs.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 21 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.1 Adjust MSUM/MSUMA (CGU)


Prerequisites Note the following conditions. You must:
Have read the Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1) before performing
any maintenance procedures

Be familiar with electrostatic precautions. Refer to Electrostatic Precautions


(Section 1.2) for more information

Ensure that the MSUM/MSUMA (CGU) has had power continuously


supplied for the previous 15 minutes
Ensure that the frequency counter has had the warm-up period specified by
the manufacturer

Ensure that the second CLLK is in a serviceable condition

Ensure that the ambient temperature remains constant during the


adjustment procedure.

Tools and Materials You must have:

A frequency counter with a resolution of 0.01 Hz at 2.16 MHz

A cable (ref. 3BK 08066 AB) for connecting the frequency counter to the BTS

A BTS NEM connected via an RS-232 asynchronous communication link


cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to the MMI port on the COBO. Refer
to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System None.

Loss of Calls
Failure to comply with the prerequisites can result in the BTS being locked
(disabled) and all calls being lost.

22 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Adjust Output Adjust the output frequency of a CGU in a 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS:
Frequency 1. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and open
it downwards to expose the COBO. Then, loosen the retaining bolts on the
front cover of the COBO and remove it from the COBO base.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port in the COBO.
3. Connect the frequency counter to the clock output connector on the COBO.
4. Wait until triggering occurs on the input signal port of the frequency counter,
and the display provides at least nine digits of resolution. Then proceed
as follows:
If the indicated frequency is between 2 166 666.55 Hz and 2 166
666.77 Hz, proceed to Step 6

If not, adjustment is necessary. Continue with Step 5.

5. Use the BTS NEM (refer to the BTS NEM User Guide, to Adjust the OCXO)
to adjust the BTS clock for a frequency between 2 166 666.55 Hz and
2 166 666.77 Hz.
6. Disconnect the frequency counter from the COBO.
7. Disconnect the MMI cable from the COBO and remove the terminal.
8. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base and tighten the
retaining bolts. Then, close the bottom section of the front protective cover
on the BTS, and lock it.

2.2 Before You Start to Replace 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro


BTS or SSC RITs
Read this section before starting the replacement procedures in this section.
Prerequisites Note the following conditions. You must:

Have read Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1) before performing any
maintenance procedures

Be familiar with electrostatic precautions. Refer to Electrostatic Precautions


(Section 1.2) for more information

Know how to use the BTS NEM software


Establish an efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator in
order to lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the BTS when required.

Tools and Materials You must have:

The hand tools specified in the relevant sections

A serviceable replacement RIT with an identical part number, unless


stated otherwise.

Impact on System This depends on the nature of the RIT and its position in
the system. Refer to the specific replacement procedures.
Restrictions None.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 23 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.3 Replace 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS


The 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS is a single RIT, housed inside a
protective cover on a mounting frame, and connected to a COBO.
The 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS replacement procedure is valid for all
9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS variants listed in the following table.

RIT Description Part Number

DB4G 9110 Micro BTS GSM 900 low-loss 3BK 08245 AA

MB4G 9110 Micro BTS GSM 900 single antenna 3BK 08246 AA

DB4D 9110 Micro BTS GSM 1800 low-loss 3BK 08247 AA

MB4D 9110 Micro BTS GSM 1800 single antenna 3BK 08248 AA

Table 1: 9110 Micro BTS Variants

RIT Description Part Number

MB5L 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS GSM 850 3BK 26181 AA


single antenna

MB5D 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS GSM 1800 3BK 26182 AA


single antenna

MB5P 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS GSM 1900 3BK 26183 AA


single antenna

DB5L 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS GSM 850 3BK 26185 AA


low-loss

DB5D 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS GSM 1800 3BK 26186 AA


low-loss

DB5P 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS GSM 1900 3BK 26187 AA


low-loss

MB5E 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS E-GSM 900 3BK 26188 AA


single antenna

DB5E 9110-E Micro BTS Micro-BTS E-GSM 900 3BK 26189 AA


low-loss

Table 2: 9110 Micro BTS-E Variants

24 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Tools and Materials You must have:


A medium flathead screwdriver

Equipment suitable for lifting the BTS from its mounting

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port inside the COBO.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

Heavy Equipment
The BTS weighs 25 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to equipment may
result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Use suitable equipment to lift the BTS. Do NOT lift it from the mounting frame
until it is properly supported.

Protective Cover
Protective Cover
Partly Removed
Fully in Place

Rear section
of protective cover

BTS A9110/A9110−E

Note: The optional


integrated antenna
module for mounting
on the front cooling
fins of the BTS is not
shown.

COBO

Figure 1: 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS Installed

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 25 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Dismount 9110 Micro Dismount the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS:
BTS/9110-E Micro BTS 1. Remove the front protective cover to expose the BTS, as shown in Figure 1.
If the optional fan module is installed in the cover top, disconnect the power
and alarm cables to the fan from the COBO.
2. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove
it from the COBO base.
3. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
4. Use the BTS NEM to Disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
5. Using the BTS NEM, display the current transmission settings on the BTS,
and note them down for use in Step 2 of "Update Settings and Frequency".
6. If applicable, remove the RJ45 slave connectors from the bottom of the BTS,
carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
7. Remove the AC power plug from the bottom of the BTS.
8. Remove the antenna connectors at the bottom of the BTS, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection.
9. If applicable, remove the integrated antenna module from the front cooling
fins of the BTS.
10. Place the lifting equipment in position next to the mounting frame and
secure it to the BTS.
11. Remove the bolts at each side of the COBO that secure it to the bottom of
the BTS.
12. Lift the BTS clear of the mounting points at the top of the mounting frame
and free of the BTS connector at the top of the COBO.

Install New BTS Install the new BTS 9110/9110-E:


9110/9110-E 1. Lift the replacement BTS onto the mounting points at the top of the mounting
frame. Then, lower the BTS carefully onto the mounting frame to engage
with the BTS connector at the top of the COBO.
2. Replace the bolts at each side of the COBO to secure it to the BTS.
3. Detach the lifting equipment from the BTS and pull it clear from the mounting
frame.
4. If applicable, replace the integrated antenna module on the front cooling
fins of the BTS.
5. Replace the antenna connectors.
6. Reconnect the AC power plug to the bottom of the BTS.
7. If applicable, replace the RJ45 slave connectors.

26 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Update Settings and Update the settings and adjust the frequency:
Adjust Frequency 1. Using the BTS NEM, update the Remote Inventory EEPROM with:

Commissioning (current installation) date

Network identity

Logical site name.

2. Using the BTS NEM, set the transmission parameters (Q1 address) on
the BTS according to the removed BTS, as noted in Step 5 of ’Dismount
BTS 9110/9110-E’.
3. Wait for 15 minutes for the OCXO to warm up and the oven alarm to
disappear.
4. Adjust the frequency of the CGU in the BTS. Refer to Adjust MSUM/MSUMA
(CGU) (Section 2.1) for more information.
5. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the BTS_TEL.
6. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
9. If applicable, reconnect the power and alarm cables to the fan from the
COBO.
10. Replace the front protective cover in position over the BTS.

2.4 Replace COBO RITs (Fuses and Abis Lightning Protection)


The COBO is located inside the bottom section of the protective cover on the
BTS. The following RITs are located inside the COBO:

BTS and fan fuses (1AB 00953 0002/1AB 00953 0003)


Abis lightning protection (1AB 04555 0014).

Tools and Materials You must have:


A medium flathead screwdriver

An efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator. When


required, the operator must:
Lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the associated MOs (SBLs)
Check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS
Check that all MOs (SBLs) are in traffic.

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port inside the COBO.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 27 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Replace COBO Replace a COBO RIT:


1. Ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable) BTS_TEL. Tell the operator to
enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait
three minutes before continuing to the next step.
2. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by the installed magnetic snap-on
fastening to expose the COBO.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove it from
the COBO base. The layout inside the COBO is shown in the figure below.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed.
Switch off the AC supply to the COBO before replacing any RITs.

4. Switch OFF the AC power supply to the COBO.

Figure 2: RITs in COBO with Old ABISCO Board

28 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Figure 3: RITs in COBO with New ABISCO Board

5. Remove the appropriate faulty RIT and replace it with a new one. The
following items are replaceable:

BTS fuses (2 x 2.5 A) and fan fuses (2 x 1.25 A)

Abis lightning protection (4 modules).

6. Switch ON the AC power supply to the COBO.


7. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
8. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the BTS_TEL.
9. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
11. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
12. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and lock it.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 29 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.5 Replace ACCO


The ACCO is located inside the COBO and contains the AC lightning protection.
To replace the lightning protection, you must replace the complete ACCO board.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

An efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator. When


required, the operator must:
Lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the associated MOs (SBLs)
Check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS
Check that all MOs (SBLs) are in traffic.

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port inside the COBO.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

Figure 4: COBO Internal Layout - ACCO

30 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Remove ACCO Remove the ACCO RIT:


1. Ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable) BTS_TEL. Tell the operator to
enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait
three minutes before continuing to the next step.
2. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by the installed magnetic snap-on
fastening to expose the COBO.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove it from
the COBO base. The layout inside the COBO is shown in the figure above.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed.
Switch off the AC supply to the COBO before replacing the ACCO.

4. Switch OFF the AC power supply to the COBO.


5. Disconnect the AC power connections to the AC In clamp strip, carefully
noting their positions for reconnection.
6. If applicable, repeat Step 5 for the AC power connections to the AC Fan, AC
Slave1 and AC Slave2 clamp strips.
7. Unplug the AC connector (not shown) that is hard-wired to the ACCO and
plugged into the bottom of the BTS through the top side of the COBO.
8. Remove the four screws at the corners of the ACCO and take it out of
the COBO.

Replace ACCO Replace the ACCO RIT:


1. Insert the replacement ACCO and replace the four screws securing it
to the COBO.
2. Plug the AC connector (not shown) that is hard-wired to the ACCO into the
bottom of the BTS through the top side of the COBO.
3. If applicable, reconnect the AC power to the AC Fan, AC Slave1 and AC
Slave2 clamp strips.
4. Reconnect the AC power connections to the AC In clamp strip.
5. Switch ON the AC power supply to the COBO.
6. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
7. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the BTS_TEL.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
11. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and lock it.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 31 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.6 Replace ABISCO


The ABISCO is located inside the COBO.
There are two types of ABISCO:

Old ABISCO, RIT is 3BK 08283 AAxx

New ABISCO, RIT is 3BK 08283 ABxx.

Figure 5: Old ABISCO Layout (3BK 08283 AAxx)

ABISCO

Figure 6: New ABISCO Layout (3BK 08283 ABxx)

32 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Tools and Materials You must have:


A medium flathead screwdriver

ABISCO GND cable (3BK 08591 ABxx) when replacing old ABISCO with
new ABISCO
An efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator. When
required, the operator must:
Lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the associated MOs (SBLs)
Check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS
Check that all MOs (SBLs) are in traffic.

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port inside the COBO.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

When replacing an old ABISCO (3BK 08283 AAxx) with a new ABISCO (3BK
08283 ABxx), you must also replace the existing GND cable (3BK 08591 AAxx)
connected to the board with the new cable (3BK 08591 ABxx).

Remove ABISCO Remove the ABISCO RIT:


1. Ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable) BTS_TEL. Tell the operator to
enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait
three minutes before continuing to the next step.
2. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by the installed magnetic snap-on
fastening to expose the COBO.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove it
from the COBO base. The layout inside the COBO is shown in Figure 5.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed.
Switch off the AC supply to the COBO before replacing the ABISCO.

4. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
5. Using the BTS NEM, display antenna mapping, external alarm mapping,
additional modules (e. g. cover, fan, SSC, VSWR), BTS site name and note
them down for use in "Replace ABISCO".
6. Switch OFF the AC power supply to the COBO.
7. Disconnect the Abis cable from the Abis 1 and Abis 2 clamp strips, carefully
noting the position of each wire for reconnection.
8. Disconnect the Alarm cables from the Alarm clamp strips, carefully noting
the position of each wire for reconnection.
9. Detach the GND cable from the ABISCO board.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 33 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

10. Remove the BTS module from the MOFRA and put it aside.
11. Disengage the ABISCO from the BTS connector at the top edge of the
board, and remove it from the COBO.

Replace ABISCO Replace the ABISCO RIT:


1. Insert the replacement ABISCO into the COBO and plug it in to the BTS
connector.
2. Replace the BTS module to MOFRA and make sure the ABISCO connector
is in the right position.
3. Connect the GND cable to the board.
Note: If you replaced an old ABISCO (3BK 08283 AAxx) with a new one
(3BK 08283 ABxx), also replace the GND cable (3BK 08591 AAxx)
with the new one (3BK 08591 ABxx).
4. Reconnect the Abis and Alarm cables to the clamp strips.
5. Switch ON the AC power supply to the COBO.
6. Using the BTS NEM, update antenna mapping, external alarm mapping,
additional modules (e. g. cover, fan, SSC, VSWR), BTS site name as noted
in Step 5 of ’Remove ABISCO’ above.
7. Using the BTS NEM, update the Remote Inventory EEPROM with:

Commissioning (current installation) date


Network identity

Logical site name.

8. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the BTS_TEL.


9. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
11. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
12. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and lock it.

2.7 Replace Fan Cassette


The optional fan cassette is located inside the top of the protective cover
(with fan) on the BTS.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port inside the COBO.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System There is no loss of telecommunications resources when


the fan module is replaced.

Replace Fan Cassette Replace a fan cassette RIT:


1. Unlock the top section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and open it
to expose the fan cassette inside.

34 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2. Disconnect the cable coupling of the fan cassette and remove the fan
cassette from the housing; i. e., stick the flathead screwdriver into one of
the grooves in the middle of the frame of the fan cassette to disengage
the cassette. Simultaneously put the strap at the end of the fan cassette
and pull it out.
3. Replace it with a new cassette, engage it, and connect the cable coupling.
4. Close the top section of the front protective cover on the BTS and lock it.
5. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by an installed magnetic snap-on
fastening to expose the COBO.
6. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove
it from the COBO base.
7. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
8. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the Micro-BTS remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
9. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
11. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
12. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and lock it.

2.8 Replace Top of Cover with Fan


The optional top of cover with fan is located at the top of the protective cover of
the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS instead of the ’normal’ top cover.
Note: The 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTSs installed in the field can have
covers of different colors. It is important to select a replacement top of
cover with the correct color before starting the replacement procedure.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium crosshead screwdriver

An Allen key (M4)


Side cutting pliers

Two cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length

A BTS NEM connected via an RS-232 asynchronous communication link


cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to the MMI port on the COBO. Refer
to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System There is no loss of telecommunications resources when the


top of cover with fan module is replaced.

Remove Top of Cover Remove the top of cover with fan RIT:
1. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by the installed magnetic snap-on
fastening.
2. Disconnect the couplings of the two cables which connect the COBO and
the top of cover with fan. If secured, cut the cable ties.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 35 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

3. Loosen the two retaining screws of the front cover of the BTS 9110/9110-E
at both sides of the cover. Lift up the complete front/bottom/top cover and
remove it from the BTS 9110/9110-E.

Replace Top of Cover Replace the top of cover with fan RIT:
1. Cut the cable ties at the inside of the front cover.
2. Loosen the three retaining screws of the top of cover, replace the top of
cover by a new one, and tighten the retaining screws.
3. Secure the two cables of the top of cover with fan module inside the front
cover by using cable ties.
4. Lift up the complete front/bottom/top cover, put it over the BTS 9110/9110-E
and the protective back panel, tighten the retaining screws, and connect
the cable couplings.
5. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove
it from the COBO base.

Update RI Update the Micro-BTS remote inventory:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
2. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the Micro-BTS remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
3. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
5. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
6. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and lock it.

2.9 Replace Integrated Antenna


The integrated antenna is a discrete module which is fixed at the back of the
9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS.
Tools and Materials You must have:
A medium crosshead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver (M3)

An efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator

A BTS NEM connected via an RS-232 asynchronous communication link


cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to the MMI port on the COBO. Refer
to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

36 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Prerequisites To avoid or to minimize telecom outage time during the


replacement procedure, ask the operator to move the BCCH to a TRX with an
undisturbed antenna connection. This is possible when one of the following
configurations is used.

A two (master/slave) 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS configuration with


one or two antenna mono-band

A three (master/slave/slave) 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS


configuration with one or two antenna mono-band.

Replace Integrated Replace an integrated antenna:


Antenna 1. Ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable) BTS_TEL. Tell the operator to
enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait
three minutes before continuing to the next step.
2. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by the installed magnetic snap-on
fastening.
3. Loosen the two retaining screws of the front cover of the 9110 Micro
BTS/9110-E Micro BTS at both sides of the cover. Lift up the complete
front/bottom/top cover and remove it from the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E
Micro BTS.
4. Disconnect both antenna cables.
5. Secure the antenna, unscrew the retaining screws (TORX self-tapping
screws) of the antenna, and then remove it.
6. Replace the new antenna in position over the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro
BTS, secure it, and then tighten the retaining screws.
7. Connect the antenna cables.

Update RI/Initialize BTS Update the Micro-BTS remote inventory and initialize the BTS as follows:
1. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove
it from the COBO base.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
3. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the Micro-BTS remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
4. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the BTS_TEL.
5. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
6. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
7. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
8. Lift up the complete front/bottom/top cover, put it over the 9110 Micro
BTS/9110-E Micro BTS and the protective back panel and tighten the
retaining screws.
9. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS and lock it.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 37 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.10 Replace VSWR Detector


The two VSWR detector variants are shown in the following table.

RIT Description Part Number

VSWG VSWR detector GSM 900 3BK 25062 AA

VSWD VSWR detector GSM 1800 3BK 25063 AA

Table 3: VSWR Detector Variants

The VSWR detector is a discrete module which is fixed to the antenna output
connector of the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS. A VSWR RF jumper cable
connects the VSWR detector and the antenna cable. The ALARM/VCC cable
of the VSWR detector is connected with the ABISCO clamp field inside the
COBO. The following figure shows a 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS
with two VSWR detectors.
Protective Cover Protective Cover
Fully in Place Partly Removed

Rear section
of protective cover

BTS A9110/A9110−E

VSWR detector 1
VSWR detector 2

Antenna
connection 1

Antenna
ALARM/VCC cable 1 connection 2

ALARM/VCC cable 2 COBO

Figure 7: 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS with Two VSWR Detectors

Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

An efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator


A BTS NEM connected via an RS-232 asynchronous communication link
cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to the MMI port on the COBO. Refer
to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the terminal.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

38 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Prerequisites To avoid or to minimize telecom outage time during the


replacement procedure, ask the operator to move the BCCH to a TRX with an
undisturbed antenna connection.
This is possible when the following configurations are used:
A two antenna 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS DB4x/DB5x

A two (master/slave) or three (master/slave/slave) 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E


Micro BTS configuration with one or two antenna mono-band.

Remove VSWR Detector Remove the VSWR Detector:


1. In a two-antenna configuration, ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable)
the TRE of the branch on which the VSWR detector will be replaced. In
a one-antenna configuration, ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable)
BTS_TEL. Tell the operator to enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly
shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to the next step.
2. Unlock the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, open
it upwards, and fix it at the front cover by the installed magnetic snap-on
fastening.
3. Loosen the retaining bolts on the front cover of the COBO and remove it
from the COBO base. The layout inside the COBO is shown in Figure 4.
4. Find the shielded ALARM/VCC cable of the VSWR module to be
removed. Disconnect the ALARM/VCC wires inside the COBO from the
clamps located on the ABISCO board, carefully noting their positions
for reconnecting the new wires.
In a two-antenna configuration, the isolated wires for VCC-VSWR1 and
VCC-VSWR2 and ground (GND) are fixed together. Disconnect these wires
from the clamps and from each other, if necessary.
5. Unscrew the appropriate PG gland and free the ALARM/VCC cable.
6. Remove the VSWR RF jumper cable from the antenna output of the VSWR
detector.
7. Disconnect the VSWR detector from the antenna output connector of the
9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS and insert the new one.
Connect VSWR Detector Connect the new VSWR detector:
1. Prepare the new ALARM/VCC cable (length, shield) so that it is identical
to the exchanged cable.
2. Screw the PG gland with the ALARM/VCC cable into the appropriate hole
of the COBO.
3. Connect the wires for alarm and VCC to the clamps on the ABISCO board
as noted earlier.
In a two-antenna configuration, the isolated wires for VCC-VSWR1 and
VCC-VSWR2 and GND have to be fixed together with the enclosed cable
end sleeves and inserted in the clamps on the ABISCO board.
4. Connect the VSWR RF jumper cable to the antenna output of the VSWR
detector.
5. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port inside the COBO.
6. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the Micro-BTS remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
7. Initialize the TRE or BTS_TEL.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 39 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

8. Check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs
are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Replace the COBO front cover in position over the base, and then tighten
the retaining bolts.
11. Close the bottom section of the front protective cover on the BTS, and lock it.

2.11 Replace SSC RITs


The following figure shows the position of the different RITs inside the SSC.
External Fan (SSCF) External Fan Cover

Fan & Heater Internal


For optional equipment (SSCFH)

AC/DC Converter (SSCPS)


PS1 PS2 PS3

Connector Field
(SSCFH)

SSC Battery (SSCB)

Main Power Switch

AC Connection Field

Figure 8: SSC, Position of RITs

2.11.1 Replace SSCB


The RIT part number of the SSC battery is 3BK 25016 AA.
This procedure tells you how to replace the battery. The location of the battery
is shown in SSC, Position of RITs (8). The module can be replaced without
switching off the power.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small crosshead screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver

Two persons to handle the SSCB.

Impact on System None.

40 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Remove SSCB Remove the SSCB RIT:


1. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Turn
the door knob to the release position, and then pull the door open.
2. Press [ Back up ] in the Connector Field. The red LED on the right goes ON.
3. Disconnect the following cables (shown in the figure below):
Ventilation valve cable

X8 and X9 cables

Temperature sensor cable from its coupling

Ground cable.
6−pole Mate−N−Locks
Fuse box cover Temperature sensor
Retaining screws cable coupling

Front panel handle


X8
X9
Ground cable
(yellow/green)

Distribution clamp

Ventilation valve cable

Figure 9: SSC, Battery Connections

4. Disconnect both cables connected on X8 and X9. (Refer to the figure above.
5. Disconnect (pull apart) the temperature sensor cable coupling. (Refer to
the figure above).
6. Disconnect the ground cable (yellow/green) on the distribution clamp on the
right side of the bottom. (Refer to the figure above).
7. Remove the four retaining screws on the front cover of the battery unit.

Heavy Equipment
The battery unit weighs 32 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the battery unit.
The battery unit must be handled by two persons, one on the right and one on
the left with one hand on the lower side and one hand on the front panel handle.

8. Slide out the battery unit on the rails and then lift it off.

Replace SSCB Replace the SSCB RIT:


1. Make sure that the back holding clamps are in position. If they are not, the
battery cannot be correctly inserted.
2. Slide in a new charged battery unit on the rails at a 20 angle (see the
figure below).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 41 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Figure 10: SSC, Installation of Battery Unit

3. Push the battery unit to the back.


4. Push the front part down until the battery unit is in a horizontal position.
5. Fix the battery unit on the front panel with four screws and special washers.
6. Open the cover of the fuse box (see Figure 9 ) on the battery unit and feed
the ground cable through the rubber nozzle and then close the cover.
7. Reconnect the following cables:

The ground cable to the yellow/green distribution clamp on the right side
on the bottom of the SSC (as disconnected in step 6 of "Remove SSCB")

The temperature sensor cable coupling (as disconnected in step 5 of


"Remove SSCB")
The two 6-pole Mate-N-Locks (can be used in any order, false polarity is
protected by mechanical code)

Feed the ventilation valve in the cable entry area through a PG gland
on the bottom and into the free cable screw joint on the battery unit.
Then fix the screw joint.

8. Press the [ Back up ] button in the Connector Field. The red LED on the
right goes OUT.
9. Close and lock the door.

42 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.11.2 Replace SSCPS


The RIT part number of the SSCPS is 3BK 25011 AA.
This procedure tells you how to replace one of the three Power Supply
Modules. The location of these modules is shown in SSC, Position of RITs (8).
The module can be replaced without switching off the power.
Tools and Materials You must have a small, pointed, flathead screwdriver.
Impact on System None.

Replace SSCPS Replace a SSCPS RIT:


1. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Turn
the door knob to the release position, and then pull the door open.
2. Loosen the four retaining screws of the SSCPS to be replaced.
3. Pull out the SSCPS and replace it by a new one.
4. Fasten the retaining screws.
5. Check that the corresponding green LED in the Connector Field is ON. PS1
corresponds to POWER SUPPLY 1, PS2 corresponds to POWER SUPPLY
2, and PS3 corresponds to CHARGER (see the figure below).
PS2 PS3 Connector Field LEDs

Fan test

POWER CHARGER
SUPPLY 1
POWER MAIN
SUPPLY 2

Back up

Figure 11: SSCPS, LEDs Location

6. Close and lock the door.

2.11.3 Replace SSCFH


The RIT part number of the internal SSCFH is 3BK 25015 AA.
This procedure tells you how to replace the internal fan and heater unit.
Location of this module is shown in SSC, Position of RITs (8). The module
can be replaced without switching off the power.
Tools and Materials You must have:
A small, pointed, flathead screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver.

Impact on System None.

Replace SSCFH Replace the SSCFH RIT:


1. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Turn
the door knob to the release position, and then pull the door open.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 43 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2. Disconnect the power supply cable and the inner and outer fan cables (see
the figure below).
Retaining screw Power supply cable Inner/outer fan cable

Figure 12: SSCFH, Front View

Very Hot Equipment


The heating spiral of the SSCFH can become very hot and may cause burns to
personnel if not handled carefully.
Be careful when handling the SSCFH.

3. Support the SSCFH before removing the two retaining screws (and washers)
and then pull it out.
Outer Fan cable

Heating spiral Internal Fan

Figure 13: SSCFH, Internal View

4. Disconnect the outer fan cable wires from the clamps, carefully noting the
position of each for reconnection (see the figure above).
5. Replace the SSCFH by a new one and reconnect the outer fan cable wires
to the clamps as noted earlier.
6. Put the new SSCFH in the correct position and fix it with the two retaining
screws.
7. Reconnect the power supply cable and the inner and outer fan cables as
noted earlier.
8. On the Connector Field, press [ FAN-Test ] and check acoustically that the
new fan is running.
9. Press the [ FAN-Test ] again to stop the check.
10. Close and lock the door.

44 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.11.4 Replace SSCF


The RIT part number of the SSCF is 3BK 25014 AA.
This procedure tells you how to replace the external fan on the top of the SSC.
The location of this module outside the SSC is shown in SSC, Position of RITs
(8). The module can be replaced without switching off the power. To disconnect
the connection cable, you have to remove the SSCFH first.
Tools and Materials You must have:

An M4 single-ended spanner
A small, pointed, flathead screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver.

Impact on System None.

Replace SSCF Replace the SSCF RIT:


1. Remove the two retaining screws of the external fan cover at the top of
the SSC. Lift the front side of this cover and remove it from the locking
device at the back.
2. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Turn
the door knob to the release position, and then pull the door open.
3. Disconnect the power supply cable and the inner and outer fan cables
from the SSCFH (see Figure 12 ).

Very Hot Equipment


The heating spiral of the SSCFH can become very hot and may cause burns to
personnel if not handled carefully.
Be careful when handling the SSCFH.

4. Support the SSCFH before removing the two retaining screws (and washers)
and then pull it out. See Figure 13.
5. Disconnect the outer fan cable wires from the clamps, carefully noting the
position of each for reconnecting the new cable (see Figure 13 ).
6. Feed the outer fan cable through the rubber nozzle at the top of the SSC so
that it can be removed when removing the outer fan.
7. Unscrew the four M4 retaining nuts fixing the outer fan.
8. Remove the outer fan (and cable), replace it by a new one and fix the new
one with nuts and washers from the old one.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 45 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

Connect New SSCF Connect the new SSCF:


1. Feed the new outer fan cable through the rubber nozzle at the top of the SSC.
2. Take the SSCFH and connect the new outer fan cable wires to the clamps as
noted earlier.
3. Put the SSCFH in the correct position and fix it with the two retaining screws.
4. Reconnect the power supply cable and the inner and outer fan cables as
noted earlier.
5. On the Connector Field, press [ FAN-Test ] and check that the new fan is
running.
6. Press the button again to stop the check.
7. Close and lock the door.
8. Put the cover of the external fan into the locking device at the top of the SSC
and fix the front side of the cover with two retaining screws.

2.11.5 Replace SSCCF


The RIT part number of the SSCCF is 3BK 25012 AA.
This procedure tells you how to replace the SSCCF of the SSC. The location
of this RIT is shown in SSC, Position of RITs (8).
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small, pointed, flathead screwdriver

You must establish an efficient means of communication with an OMC-R


operator.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

Hot swapping not allowed.


This module cannot be replaced unless the power is switched off.

Replace SSCCF Replace a SSCCF RIT:


1. Ask the OMC-R operator to lock (disable) BTS_TEL and BTS_O&M for all
BTSs connected to the SSC. Tell the operator to enter a WTC = 3 minutes
to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before
continuing to the next step.
2. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Turn
the door knob to the release position, and then pull the door open.
3. Press [ Back up ] in the Connector Field. The red LED ’OFF’ on the right will
be activated.
4. Turn off the main power switch (position ’0’, see Figure 8 ).
5. Disconnect all cables connected with the connectors X2, X3, X4, X9,
X10, X11, carefully noting the position of each for reconnection (see the
figure below).

46 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

6. Disconnect all cables connected with the clamps X5, X6, X7, X8, X12 by
disconnecting each discrete wire, carefully noting the position of each wire
and each cable for reconnection (see the following figure).
Connector Group
Retaining screw

Fan−test X10 X11 X9

X1
KRONE
POWER Connector
SUPPLY 1 CHARGER
POWER MAIN X2 X3 X4
SUPPLY 2
Back up
OFF

X12 X5 X6 X7 X8

Clamp Group

Figure 14: SSCCF, Detailed View

7. Remove the six retaining screws at the front plate. Support the front plate
and tip it over forward.
8. Disconnect the two cables connected at the back of the front plate and
remove the front plate.
9. Pull out the electronic part of the SSCCF and replace it by a new one. Make
sure that all boards are in their guide rails, then push it fully into the slot.
Connect New SSCCF Connect the new SSCCF RIT:
1. Reconnect the cables of the electronic part of the SSCCF to the back of the
front plate and fix the front plate with the six retaining screws.
2. Reconnect all cables and wires to the clamps and connectors as
disconnected and noted in step 5 and step 6 of "Replace SSCCF".
3. Turn on the main power switch (position ’1’, see Figure 8 ).
4. If the red back up LED ’OFF’ is activated, press [ Back up ] to activate the
backup function (LED ’OFF’ is deactivated).
5. Ask the OMC-R operator to unlock (initialize) BTS_TEL and BTS_O&M MOs
(SBLs) and to check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and
that all MOs (SBLs) are in traffic.
6. Close and lock the door.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 47 / 224


2 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS RITs

2.11.6 Replace SSC Lightning Protector


The RIT part number of the lightning protector is 3BK 25013 AA.
This procedure tells you how to replace the Lightning Protector Module. This
module is located in the AC connection field (see Figure 8 ) at the bottom of the
SSC. The module can be replaced without switching off the power.
Tools and Materials You must have a small crosshead screwdriver.
Impact on System None.

Replace Lightning Replace a Lightning Protector Module:


Protector 1. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Turn
the door knob to the release position, and then pull the door open.
2. Remove the four retaining screws on the external cover of the AC Connection
field at the bottom of the SSC, and then lift it off.
The following figure shows the position of the lightning protectors.
Lightning Protectors

Top Internal View

PE

L1

Figure 15: SSC, AC Connection Field

3. A red indicator shows which lightning protector has to be removed. Pull out
this lightning protector and replace it by a new one.
4. Replace the external cover of the AC Connection Field and tighten the
retaining screws.
5. Close and lock the door.

48 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3 9100 BTS RITs

This section tells you how to open and close doors, to adjust SUM (CGU) and
to remove and replace 9100 BTS RITs.
It contains procedures to replace the following RITs:

Antenna Network Equipment

Battery Units

External Battery Cabinets


Lightning Protection Modules

PCM Overvoltage Protection Devices

Power Supply and Distribution Equipment

Range Extension Kit

Service Light Device


Smoke Detector Device

Station Unit Module

Temperature Control Equipment

Tower Mounted Amplifier

Transceiver Equipment
Water Detection Float Switch.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 49 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.1 Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets


3.1.1 Before You Start to Open and Close BTS 9100 Cabinets
Read this section before you start to open and close 9100 BTS cabinets.
Prerequisites You must have read Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1)
before performing any maintenance tasks or procedures.
Tools and Materials Required You must have the key(s) for the cabinet(s).
Impact on System None.
Environmental Impact To comply with EMC regulations, ensure that all doors
and side panels are correctly closed.
To reduce the emission of RFI, doors and panels must be correctly fitted. Also,
gaskets must not be broken. The BTS hardware complies with EMC regulations
when operated with the doors, panels and casings in place.

Distortion of Bonding Strip Gaskets


EMC bonding strip gaskets are fragile.
Handle them with care in order to avoid possible distortion.

Restrictions None.

50 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.1.2 Open and Close 9100 BTS and External Battery Indoor Cabinets
Open and close the CIMI/CIDI, CIMA/CIDE, MBI3/MBI5 or external indoor
battery cabinet front door:
1. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Pull
the door knob from the door recess, turn it to the release position, and then
pull the door open. The following figures show the cabinet external views.
CIMA/CIDE

Door Lock

CIMI/CIDI

Door Lock

Figure 16: CIMI/CIDI and CIMA/CIDE Front External Views

MBI3 MBI5

Door Lock

Door Lock

Figure 17: MBI3/MBI5 Front External Views

Door Lock

Figure 18: External Indoor Battery Cabinet Front View

2. When you have finished working on the equipment, close the cabinet door.
Turn the door knob to the lock position and push it into the door recess.
Then turn the key counter-clockwise in the door lock to lock the door.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 51 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.1.3 Open and Close 9100 BTS and External Battery Outdoor Cabinets
Open/Close Cabinets Open and close the COMI/COEP/COME, CODI/COEP/CODE, CPT2,
MBO1/MBOT/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2E, CBO, or external outdoor battery
cabinet front doors:
1. Insert the key in the door lock and turn it clockwise to unlock the door. Pull
the door knob from the door recess, turn it to the release position, and
then pull the door open. Figures show the front and top internal views of
the cabinets.
Note: There can be two types of keys. Keys marked ’Side’ only unlock
the Side Compartment door. Keys marked ’Side+BTS’ unlock all
compartment doors.
2. Open the door fully so that the latch bar at the back drops into position
keeping it open.
3. Insert the key in the door alarm override key switch (not available in
external outdoor battery cabinet) and turn it clockwise (not necessary in
CPT2/MBO1/MBOT/MBO1E/MBO2/MBO2E/CBO cabinets) to prevent door
alarms being generated. For module positions see Figures 19 to 35.
In the external outdoor battery cabinet pull the door switch to prevent door
alarms being generated.
4. When you have finished working on the equipment, reactivate the door alarm
override key switch (not available in external outdoor battery cabinet ) by
turning the key counter-clockwise (if necessary) and removing the key.
5. Lift the door latch and close the door. Turn the door knob to the lock position,
and then push it into the door recess. Turn the key counter-clockwise
in the door lock to lock the door.

52 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

COME

COMI COEP

Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment 2


Service Light and AC Smoke Service Light and AC
Power Socket Detector Power Socket
(not necessarily equipped)

Equipment
Labels
Door Alarms Electicity Option
Override Meter ACSB STASR 5
Key Switch Option
Door Alarm
DCDP Switch (installation
Interconnection on upper or
Panel
STASR 2 STASR 4 lower position)
Document SRACDC or
Holder ACSR

STASR 1 STASR 3
Battery (2 BU41s
or BU100)
Door Alarm
Switch (installation
on upper or
lower position)

Flood Detector Not BTSRIOUT Flood Detector


necessarily (installation on left
(installation on left or right position)
or right position) equipped
Front View

HEAT2 HEAT2 HEAT2 HEAT2


HEAT2

HEX2 HEX2 HEX2

Top View

Figure 19: COME/COMI/COEP Module Positions

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 53 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

CODE

CODI COEP

Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment 2

Service Light and AC


Smoke
Power Socket Detector

Equipment
Labels
ACSU

Door Alarms Override STASR 3 STASR 6


Key Switch (Bus−bar) STASR 7

Interconnection
Panel

Options or STASR 2 STASR 5


Document Holder
2nd Battery

Battery STASR 1 STASR 4

LPFU

Door Alarm
Switch
Front View
Flood Detector BTSRIOUT

HEAT2
HEAT2 HEAT2

HEX2 HEX2 HEX2

Top View

Figure 20: CODE/CODI/COEP Module Positions

54 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Service Light Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1


and AC Power Smoke
Socket Detector

Equipment
Labels
ACSU

Door Alarms
STASR 6
Override
STASR 3
Key Switch
(Bus−bar)

OUTC

Document STASR 5
Holder STASR 2

Door Alarm
Switch
Battery STASR 4

LPFU

Flood
Detector

Front View

HEAT2
HEAT2

HEX2 HEX2

Top View

Figure 21: CPT2 Module Positions

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 55 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Service Light

Smoke Detector

AC Switch Unit
(ACMU)

LPFM
ADAM4

STASR 7
HEX Breaker
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves)

Door Alarms
STASR 3 Override
Key Switch
Batteries

Document
Holder
OUTC
STASR 2
Battery Cover

Batteries

Door Alarm
STASR 1
Switch

Flood
Detector

Front View

HEAT2

HEX4

Top View

Figure 22: MBO1 AC Module Positions

56 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Service Light

Smoke Detector

HEX Breaker
STASR 3
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves
or Batteries) Door Alarms
Override
Key Switch
Options Area
(e.g.Batteries STASR 2
or Microwaves)

OUTC

Battery Cover

Batteries
STASR 1

ACDUE Door Alarm


PM18SR
Switch
Water
Detector

Front View

HEAT2

HEX9

Top View

Figure 23: MBO1E Module Positions

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 57 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Service Light

Smoke Detektor

DC Switch Unit
DCMU)

Options Area

HEX Breaker
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves)

Door Alarms
STASR 3 Override
Key Switch

Document
Holder
OUTC
STASR 2

Door Alarm
STASR 1
Switch

Flood
Detector

Front View

HEATDC

HEX4

Top View

Figure 24: MBO1 DC Module Positions

58 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Service Light

Smoke Detector

HEX Breaker
STASR 3
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves)
Door Alarms
Override
Key Switch
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves) STASR 2

OUTC

STASR 1

DCDUE Door Alarm


Switch
Water
Detector

Front View

HEATDC

HEX9

Top View

Figure 25: MBO1EDC Module Positions

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 59 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

AC Switch Unit Tropical


(ACMUT)
LPFMT
ADAM 4

STASR 7
HEX Breaker
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves)

STASR 3
Batteries

Document
Holder OUTC
STASR 2
Battery Cover

Batteries

Door Alarm
STASR 1 Switch

Front View

HEX4

Top View

Figure 26: MBO1T Module Positions

60 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

MBO2

Service Light
MBO1 MBOE

Smoke Detector

AC Switch Unit
(ACMU)
LPFM Normally
ADAM4 not equipped

HEX Breaker
STASR 7 STASR 0

Options Area
Door Alarms
(e.g. Microwaves)
Override
Key Switch

STASR 3 STASR 6
Batteries

OUTC
Document
Holder

STASR 2 STASR 5
Battery Cover

Batteries
Door Alarm
Switch

STASR 1 STASR 4
Flood
Detector

Front View

HEAT2

HEAT2
HEX4
HEX3

Top View

Figure 27: MBO2 AC Module Positions

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 61 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

MBO2E

MBO1E MBOEE
Service Light

Smoke Detector

HEX Breaker

STASR 3 STASR 6 Door Alarms


Options Area Override
(e.g. Microwaves Key Switch
or Batteries)

Options Area
(e.g.Batteries STASR 2 STASR 5
or Microwaves)

OUTC
Battery Cover

Batteries
STASR 1 STASR 4 Door Alarm
Switch

ACDUE PM18SR Flood


Detector

Front View

HEAT2

HEAT2

HEX9
HEX8

Top View

Figure 28: MBO2E Module Positions

62 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

MBO2DC

Service Light
MBO1DC MBOEDC

Smoke Detektor

DC Switch Unit
(DCMU)
Normally
not equipped

HEX Breaker
STASR 0

Options Area
Door Alarms
(e.g. Microwaves)
Override
Key Switch

STASR 3 STASR 6

OUTC
Document
Holder

STASR 2 STASR 5

Door Alarm
Switch

STASR 1 STASR 4
Flood
Detector

Front View

HEATDC

HEATDC
HEX4
HEX3

Top View

Figure 29: MBO2 DC Module Positions

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 63 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

MBO2EDC

MBO1EDC MBOEEDC
Service Light

Smoke Detector

HEX Breaker

STASR 3 STASR 6 Door Alarms


Options Area Override
(e.g. Microwaves) Key Switch

Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves) STASR 2 STASR 5

OUTC

STASR 1 STASR 4 Door Alarm


Switch

DCDUE Flood
Detector

Front View

HEATDC

HEATDC

HEX9
HEX8

Top View

Figure 30: MBO2EDC Module Positions

64 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

CBO

Options Area Door Switch


(e.g. Microwaves)

DCUC

ACUC

STASR 2 OUTC

LPFC
ADAM 2

External Batteries
Breaker

Cables Entry
STASR 1

Front View

HEAT3

HEX5

Top View

Figure 31: CBO AC Variant Modules Position

CBO

Options Area Door Switch


(e.g. Microwaves)

DCDU

STASR 2 OUTC

Cables Entry
STASR 1

Front View

HEAT4

HEX5

Top View

Figure 32: CBO DC Variant Modules Position

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 65 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Figure 33: CBIE/CBOE AC Variant Modules Position

66 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Figure 34: CBIE/CBOE DC Variant Modules Position

For CBIE the heater is removed and the GORE filter is replaced by a G4 filter.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 67 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

RIBAT Plate Door Switch

Smoke Detector

DC Breaker Box

Battery Units

A A

Transmission
Blocks
Air conditioner
with integrated heater
External
Cable Entry
AC Box
(behind frame) Top View A
(Bottom Floor)
Jumper

Internal Internal
Cable Entry Cable Entry

Battery Unit

Front View

Figure 35: Module Positions of External Outdoor Battery Cabinet

3.2 Adjust the Clock of the SUM (CGU) in the 9100 BTS
Prerequisites Note the following conditions. You must:
Have read Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1) before performing any
maintenance procedures

Be familiar with electrostatic precautions. Refer to Electrostatic Precautions


(Section 1.2) for more information

Ensure that the SUM (CGU) has had power continuously supplied for
the previous 15 minutes
Ensure that the frequency counter has had the warm-up period specified by
the manufacturer

Ensure that the second CLLK is in a serviceable condition

Ensure that the ambient temperature remains constant during the


adjustment procedure.

Loss of Calls
Failure to comply with the prerequisites can result in the BTS being locked
(disabled) and all calls being lost.

68 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Tools and Materials You must have:


A frequency counter with a resolution of 0.01 Hz at 2.16 MHz

A specific cable (ref. 3BK 08066 AB) for connecting the frequency counter
to the BTS
A BTS NEM connected via an RS-232 asynchronous communication link
cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to the MMI port on the SUM. Refer to
the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Adjust Output Adjust the output frequency of a CGU in a 9100 BTS:
Frequency 1. Open the front door. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section
3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Connect the frequency counter to the clock output connector on the
Interconnection Panel/OUTC.
4. Wait until triggering occurs on the input signal port of the frequency counter,
and the display provides at least nine digits of resolution. Then proceed
as follows:

If the indicated frequency is between 2 166 666.55 Hz and 2 166 666.77


Hz, proceed to Step 6

If not, adjustment is necessary. Continue with Step 5.

5. Use the BTS NEM (refer to the BTS NEM User Guide, to Adjust the OCXO)
to adjust the BTS clock to a frequency between 2 166 666.55 Hz and
2 166 666.77 Hz.
6. Disconnect the frequency counter from the Interconnection Panel/OUTC.
7. Disconnect the MMI cable from the SUM and remove the terminal.
8. Close the front door.

3.3 Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs


Read this section before you start the replacement procedures in this section.
All the procedures are valid for the 9100 BTS.
Prerequisites Note the following conditions. You must:

Have read Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1) before performing any
maintenance procedures

Be familiar with electrostatic precautions. Refer to Electrostatic Precautions


(Section 1.2) for more information

Know how to use the BTS NEM (username and password available)
Establish an efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator in
order to lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the BTS when required.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 69 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Tools and Materials You must have:


An anti-static wrist strap

The hand tools specified in the relevant sections of this section

A serviceable replacement RIT with an identical part number, unless


stated otherwise.

Impact on System This depends on the nature of the RIT and its position in
the system. Refer to the specific replacement procedures.
Restrictions None.

3.4 Physical RIT Positions in STASR/ACSR


All subracks used in the 9100 BTS are based on the same partitioning rules
(1/6, 1/4, 1/3, etc.). Therefore the positions of the backplane connectors are
well defined and related to fixed slot numbers.
Especially in the STASR the different modules can be put into different
predefined slots. Because there is no slot numbering visible on the STASR
and ACSR and because the different modules have different widths (see
dotted lines in the following figure) the slot numbers do not equal to the
physical position numbers.
The following figure helps to map the slot number of the module to be replaced
to the physical position in the subrack.
STASR Front view

Subrack
backpanel
connectors

Backplane

Slot No. 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 10 11

0 1/6 1/4 1/3 1/2 2/3 3/4 5/6 1

ACSR Front view

BAC2 PM11/4 PM11/3 PM11/2 PM11/1 BCU2

Backplane

Slot No. 1 3 5 7 9 11

Figure 36: STASR/ACSR, Physical RIT Positions and Slot Numbers

70 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.5 Replace ABAC


An ABAC is used in the AC variant of the CIMA indoor cabinet.
The ABAC RIT part number is 3BK 08673 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A torque wrench with an M6 adaptor

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Remove ABAC Remove an ABAC RIT:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
3. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breaker F3 on the front panel of the ABAC.
4. Disconnect the D-type cable on the front panel of the ABAC.
5. For a BU41 battery branch, pull back the rubber insulation on the two
battery terminals connected to the ABAC and remove the M6 nuts. Then
disconnect the cables from the terminals, carefully noting their positions
for reconnection.
For a BU100 battery branch, pull off the caps on the negative (-) and positive
(+) terminals connected to the ABAC and remove the M6 nuts. Then
disconnect the cables from the terminals, carefully noting their positions
for reconnection.
6. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the ABAC.
7. Carefully disengage the ABAC from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.
8. Ensure that the circuit breaker F3 on the front panel of the replacement
ABAC is OFF (down).

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the ABAC.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 71 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Install ABAC Install an ABAC RIT:


1. Push the replacement ABAC fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the ABAC.
3. Use the M6 nuts to reconnect the ABAC cables removed from the battery
terminals.
4. Using a torque wrench fitted with an M6 adaptor, tighten the terminal
connections to a torque of 3.9 Nm and then replace the rubber insulation
(BU41) or the terminal caps (BU100).
5. Reconnect the D-type cable to the front panel of the ABAC.
6. Switch ON (up) the circuit breaker F3 on the front panel of the ABAC.
7. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
8. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
9. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
10. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
11. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
12. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.6 Replace ACDUE


The ACDUE RIT part number is 3BK 27266 Ax.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

An open ended key 8 mm

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

The procedure applies for the following cases:

Replace ACDUE variant 3BK 27266 AAxx by a similar one

Replace ACDUE variant 3BK 27266 AAxx by ACDUE variant 3BK 27266
ABxx and additional service light.
For service light installation refer to Insert Service Light Unit in Replace
Service Light (Section 3.60).

Replace ACDUE variant 3BK 27266 ABxx by a similar one.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS is


switched OFF.

72 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed prior to this procedure.
Switch OFF the AC power supply before replacing the ACDUE.

Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove ACDUE Remove the ACDUE:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. At site side, switch OFF the power breakers for the impacted BTS
3. Switch OFF all power breakers (F1 to F5) and the battery breaker
4. Loosen the nut fixing the ACDUE cover
5. Disconnect the ground cable from the ACDUE cover and remove the cover
6. Remove from ACDUE the AC OUT power cables coming from the power
modules
7. Label, write down the position and remove the AC IN power cables from the
clamps at the bottom part of ACDUE
8. Disconect the heaters power cable, remove the cable ties and detach
the cables from the BTS
9. In case of ACDUE variant 3BK 27266 AB, disconnect the service light
unit power cable.
10. Loosen the nuts and washers from the right bottom corner of ACDUE and
remove the ground cables as follows:

Door and BOMUE from the outside part of ACDUE


Main GND from the inside part of ACDUE

11. Loosen the nuts fixing the ACDUE body to the side wall
12. Remove the ACDUE.

Replace ACDUE Replace the ACDUE:


1. Put the replacement ACDUE against the side wall
2. Tighten the nuts fixing the ACDUE to the side wall
3. Replace the ground cables as follows:
Door and BOMUE to the outside part of ACDUE

Main GND to the inside part of ACDUE

4. Tighten the nuts and washers to fix the ground cables


5. Conect the heaters power cable and attach the cables to the BTS using
cable ties
6. In case of ACDUE variant 3BK 27266 AB, connect the service light unit
power cable
7. Connect the AC IN power cables to the clamps at the bottom part of ACDUE
8. Connect the AC OUT power cables coming from the power modules

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 73 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

9. Connect the ground cable to the ACDUE cover and replace the cover
10. Tighten the nut fixing the ACDUE cover
11. At site side, switch ON the power breakers for the impacted BTS
12. Switch ON all power breakers (F1 to F5) and the battery breaker
13. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.7 Replace ACIB


The ACIB RIT part number is 3BK 07989 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed prior to this procedure.
Switch off the AC power supply at the ACSB before replacing the ACIB.

Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove ACIB Remove an ACIB RIT:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF (down) all the circuit breakers (Fi, F1, L1, L2, L3) on the front
panel of the ACSB.
3. Verify that the red Batt LED on the front panel of the BCU1 is ON.
4. Loosen the locknuts on the connectors and disconnect the AC IN cable and
the five AC OUT cables from the front panel of the ACIB, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection.
5. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the ACIB.
6. Carefully disengage the ACIB from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the ACIB.

Install ACIB Install an ACIB RIT:


1. Push the replacement ACIB fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.

74 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the ACIB.
3. Reconnect the AC IN cable and the AC OUT cables to the front panel of the
ACIB and tighten the locknuts as noted earlier.
4. Switch ON (up) all the circuit breakers (Fi, F1, L1, L2, L3) on the front
panel of the ACSB.
5. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of the BCU1 is ON and that
the red Batt and yellow Test LEDs are OFF.
6. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
7. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
8. Check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs
are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.8 Replace AC Link Lightning Protection


The AC link lightning protection RIT part numbers are 1AB 10046 0005 (L-N)
and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
The status of the AC link lightning protection for each of the three AC power
phases (L1, L2 and L3) is viewable on the front of the ACSB or ACSP.
Alternatively the AC link lightning protection may be installed in the LPFM or
LPFU. In this case replace the lightning protection as described in Replace
Lightning Protection in LPFM (Section 3.40) or Replace Lightning Protection in
LPFU (Section 3.44). For DEHN, a red indication means that the protection
must be replaced and a green indication means that the protection is
operational. For PHOENIXCONTACT, red means operational state and green
means that the protection must be replaced. Moreover, when this equipment
is no longer operational, then there is a short circuit and the BTS no longer
has any power.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A large flathead screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Replace AC Link Replace the AC link lightning protection:


Lightning Protection 1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 75 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Remove the L1, L2 and L3 plug-in phase protectors on the front of the
ACSB or ACSP.
3. Insert the new protectors on the front of the ACSB or ACSP.
4. Verify that the L1, L2 and L3 phase protection indicators on the front of the
ACSB or ACSP are green.
5. Verify that the status of the LEDs on the BCU1/BCU2 front panel is as follows:

For the BCU1:


Green On LED - ON
Red Batt LED - OFF
Yellow Test LED - OFF.

For the BCU2:


Green On LED - ON
Green Power On LED - ON
Red Alarm LED - OFF
Yellow Test LED - OFF.

6. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
7. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
8. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
9. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.9 Replace ACRI


The ACRI RIT part number is 3BK 07941 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver.


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove ACRI Replace an ACRI RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

76 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, view the RI for the ACDC_BCB RIT and write the following
information down for use later in the procedure:

Logical site name

Network identity
BCU1 Power down timers.

4. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.


5. Disconnect the D-type cable on the front panel of the ACRI.
6. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the ACRI.
7. Carefully disengage the ACRI from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the ACRI.

Install ACRI Install an ACRI RIT:


1. Push the replacement ACRI fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the ACRI.
3. Reconnect the D-type cable to the front panel of the ACRI.
4. Verify that both green POWER ON LEDs on the front panel are ON.
5. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
7. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory file with the information
written down at step 3 from Remove ACRI.
8. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory file with the
Commissioning Date (current installation date).
9. Check [ Apply RI Changes ] and click on [ Ok ].
10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
11. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.10 Replace ADAM


The ADAM RIT part number is 3BK 25025 AB.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 77 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System There is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, so that the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications
resources are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace an ADAM module, you must:

Power off the BTS

Remove the existing ADAM module

Install the new ADAM module


Power on the BTS.

Power Off BTS Power off the BTS:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers BR1(branch 1) and BR2 (if optional
branch is available) which are positioned on the left-hand side of the battery.
5. Switch OFF the circuit breakers F5, F6, and F7 on the front panel of the
ACSU to disconnect AC power.
The indoor cabinet has no internal circuit breakers. Check where the
external circuit breaker(s) is (are) positioned.
Remove ADAM Remove the ADAM module from the cabinet:
1. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the front panel of all PM12s,
carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
2. Disconnect the three cables from the connectors on the front panel of ADAM,
carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
3. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of all PM12s.
4. Carefully disengage all PM12s (one after another) from the backplane
and fully withdraw it from the slot, carefully noting their slot positions for
reconnection.
5. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of ADAM.
6. Carefully disengage ADAM from the subrack.

Install ADAM Install the ADAM module in a cabinet:


1. Push the replacement ADAM carefully into the subrack.
2. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of ADAM.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM12s.

78 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3. Push each PM12 into its empty slot as noted earlier, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
4. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panels of all PM12s.
5. Connect the cables to the connector on the front panel of the PM12s.
6. Connect the cables to the connectors on the front panel of ADAM.

Power On BTS Power on the BTS:


1. Switch ON the circuit breakers F5, F6, and F7 on the front panel of the
ACSU or in case of an indoor cabinet the external circuit breakers to
connect AC power.
2. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers BR1 (branch 1) and BR2 (if optional
branch is available).
3. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of each PM12 is ON.
4. Use the BTS NEM to set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
5. Use the BTS NEM to initialize BTS_TEL.
6. Use the BTS NEM to check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.11 Replace ADAM2


The ADAM2 RIT part number is 3BK 25475 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System There is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, so that the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications
resources are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace an ADAM2 module, you must:

Power off the BTS

Remove the existing ADAM module

Install the new ADAM module

Power on the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 79 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Power Off BTS Power off the BTS:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer toOpen and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Switch OFF the battery breaker on the BATS module or on the right side
panel of the BTS (if equipped).
5. Switch OFF the SR1, SR2, OPT and HEX breakers on the DCUC module.
6. Switch OFF the BTS, HEATING and RCB SERVICE breakers on the front
panel of the ACUC to disconnect AC power.
Remove ADAM2 Remove the ADAM2 module:
1. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the front panel of all PM12s,
carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
2. Disconnect the three cables from the connectors on the front panel of
ADAM2, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
3. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of all PM12s.
4. Carefully disengage all PM12s (one after another) from the backplane
and fully withdraw them from the slot, carefully noting their slot positions
for reconnection.
5. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of ADAM2.
6. Carefully disengage ADAM2 from the subrack.

Replace ADAM2 Replace the ADAM2 module:


1. Push the replacement ADAM2 carefully into the subrack.
2. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of ADAM2.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM12s.

3. Push each PM12 into its empty slot as noted in step 4 of ’Remove ADAM2’,
ensuring that pins and sockets are correctly aligned.
4. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panels of all PM12s.
5. Connect the cables disconnected in step 1 of ’Remove ADAM2’ to the
connector on the front panel of the PM12s.
6. Connect the cables disconnected in step 2 of ’Remove ADAM2’ to the
connectors on the front panel of ADAM2.

Power On BTS Power on the BTS:


1. Switch ON the BTS, HEATING and RCB SERVICE circuit breakers on the
front panel of the ACUC.
2. Switch ON the SR1, SR2, OPT and HEX circuit breakers.
3. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of each PM12 is ON.
4. Switch ON the battery breaker on the BATS module or on the right side panel
of the BTS (if equipped).

80 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

5. Use the BTS NEM to set the part number into the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
6. Use the BTS NEM to initialize BTS_TEL.
7. Use the BTS NEM to check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
8. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
9. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.12 Replace ADAM4


The ADAM4 RIT part number is 3BK 25997 AAAA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System There is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, so that the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications
resources are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace an ADAM4 RIT, you must:

Power off the BTS

Remove the existing ADAM4 module

Install the new ADAM4 module

Power on the BTS.

Power Off BTS Power off the BTS:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Switch OFF circuit breakers F3, F4 and F5 on the front panel of AC Switch
Unit (ACMU) to disconnect AC power.
5. Switch OFF (down) the battery circuit breaker which is positioned on the
right-hand side of the ACMU to disconnect the battery.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 81 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove ADAM4 Remove the ADAM4 module from the cabinet:


1. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the front panel of all equipped
PM12s, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
2. Disconnect all cables from the connectors on the front panel of ADAM4,
carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
3. If a dummy panel is installed instead of a PM12, loosen the retaining screws
and remove the panel.
4. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of all PM12s.
5. Carefully disengage all PM12s (one after another) from the backplane
and fully withdraw them from the slot, carefully noting their slot positions
for reconnection.
6. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of ADAM4.
7. Carefully disengage ADAM4 from the subrack.

Install ADAM4 Install the ADAM4 module in a cabinet:


1. Push the replacement ADAM4 carefully into the subrack.
2. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of ADAM4.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM12s.

3. Push each PM12 into its empty slot as noted in step 5 of "Remove ADAM4",
ensuring that pins and sockets are correctly aligned.
4. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panels of all PM12s.
5. Replace dummy panel(s) (if necessary) and tighten the retaining screws.
6. Connect the cables to the connector on the front panel of the PM12s.
7. Connect the cables to the connectors on the front panel of ADAM4.
Power On BTS Power on the BTS:
1. Switch ON circuit breakers F3, F4 and F5 on the front panel of ACMU to
connect AC power.
2. Switch ON (up) the battery circuit breaker which is positioned on the
right-hand side of the ACMU to connect the battery.
3. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of each PM12 is ON.
4. Use the BTS NEM to set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
5. Initialize BTS_TEL.
6. Check that there are no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs
are in traffic.
7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

82 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.13 Replace ANX, ANY, ANC, ANB

Use this procedure to replace faulty ANx modules by similar ones.


To replace ANx modules by new ones with different capabilities, refer to Upgrade
9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules (3BK 17438 0803 RJZZA).

The following table shows the Antenna Network Module RIT part numbers.

RIT Description Part Number

ANBG Antenna Network Basic GSM 900 3BK 26578 AA

ANBD Antenna Network Basic GSM 1800 3BK 26580 AA

ANCD Antenna Network Combiner GSM 1800 3BK 08995 AA

ANCG Antenna Network Combiner GSM 900 3BK 08992 AA

ANCGP Antenna Network Combiner Primary GSM 900 3BK 27062 AA

ANCL Antenna Network Combiner GSM 850 3BK 25900 AA

ANCP Antenna Network Combiner GSM 1900 3BK 25393 AA

ANXD Antenna Network Module - Type X -GSM 1800 3BK 07241 AA

ANXG Antenna Network Module - Type X -GSM 900 3BK 07232 AA

ANXP Antenna Network Module - Type X -GSM 1900 3BK 08459 AA

ANYD Antenna Network Module - Type Y -GSM 1800 3BK 07245 AA

ANYDH Antenna Network Module - Type Y -GSM 1800 3BK 07245 AB


High Power

ANYG Antenna Network Module - Type Y -GSM 900 3BK 07237 AA

ANYGH Antenna Network Module - Type Y -GSM 900 3BK 07237 AC


High Power

ANYL Antenna Network Module - Type Y -GSM 850 3BK 25903 AA

ANYP Antenna Network Module - Type Y -GSM 1900 3BK 08465 AA

Table 4: 9100 BTS Antenna Network Module RIT Part Numbers

If the BTS configuration is equipped with High Power TRX, replace in each
case of faulty ANY module, the existing ANY module (ANYG - 3BK 07237
AAxx or ANYD 3BK 07245 AAxx) by the new ANY module (ANYGH 3BK
07237 ACxx or ANYDH 3BK 07245 ABxx) supporting the connection for
up to four High Power TRX.

Tools and Materials You must have:

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 83 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

A small flathead screwdriver


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

For tools to be used for RF cables tightening refer to Tools Catalogue,


reference 3BK 20458 0001 RJZZA.

The following table gives the torque values to be used when tightening RF
cables.

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

N 0.7-1.1

Bridge on ANC 0.8-1.0

7/16 25

CS25 25

Table 5: Torque Values for RF Cables

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Remove ANxx Remove an ANxx RIT:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Using the BTS NEM, disable the RAn SBL, where n corresponds to the
rotary switch setting on the front panel of one of the ANXxx RITs. The
particular ANXx is either the faulty ANXxx to be replaced, or the ANX in the
same radio sector as the faulty ANYx to be replaced.
For ANCx/ANBx, use the BTS NEM ("Hardware Modules" window) to get
the faulty RAn SBL (FOS/FLT). Use ’Location’ field to identify the module
inside the BTS.
5. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Disconnect all the coaxial RF cables on the front panel of the faulty ANxx, as
appropriate, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
7. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the faulty
RIT in the subrack.

84 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

8. Loosen the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty RIT in the
subrack, if equipped.
9. Carefully disengage the RIT from the backplane and fully withdraw it from
the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the RIT.

Install ANxx RIT Install an ANxxx RIT:


1. If you are replacing an ANXx RIT, use a screwdriver to set the rotary
switch on the front panel of the replacement to the same position as that
on the faulty one.
2. Push the replacement RIT fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins and
sockets are correctly aligned, and then tighten the quarter-turn Camloc
fasteners on the front panel.
3. Tighten the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the RIT in the subrack, if
loosen for RIT removal.
4. Reconnect the coaxial RF cables to the front panel.
5. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Unlock (initialize) RAn and then BTS_TEL.
7. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
8. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
9. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
10. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the replacement
AN module.
The following window opens depending on module type:

"Modify Remote Inventory - ANX-xx" for ANC, AGC, ANX

"Modify Remote Inventory - ANY_BCB-xx" for ANY.

11. In the "Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity

Logical site name

Commissioning (installation) date.

12. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


13. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - ANX-xx" window click on[ OK ] to save
the changes.
14. Stop the BTS NEM.
15. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
16. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 85 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.14 Replace AGC/AGX

Use this procedure to replace faulty AGC/AGX modules by similar ones.


To replace AGC/AGX modules by new ones with different capabilities, refer
to Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules (3BK 17438
0803 RJZZA).

The following table shows the Antenna Network Module RIT part numbers.

RIT Description Part Number

AGC08 Antenna Network for Geran with Combiner for GSM 850 3BK 28090 AB

AGC9E Antenna Network for Geran with Combiner for GSM 900 3BK 27035 Ax

AGC9P Antenna Network for Geran with Combiner for PGSM 900 3BK 27449 xx

AGC18 Antenna Network for Geran with Combiner for GSM 1800 3BK 27040 Ax

AGC19 Antenna Network for Geran with Combiner for GSM 1900 3BK 28092 Ax

AGX9E Antenna Network for Geran Type X for GSM 900 3BK 27239 Ax

AGX18 Antenna Network for Geran Type X for GSM 1800 3BK 27241 Ax

Table 6: 9100 BTS Antenna Network Module RIT Part Numbers

Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A Torx10 screwdriver

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port. The MMI port is
located on the front panel of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for
information on how to use the terminal.

For tools to be used for RF cables tightening refer to Tools Catalogue,


reference 3BK 20458 0001 RJZZA.

The following table gives the torque values to be used when tightening RF
cables.

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

N 0.7-1.1

Bridge on ANC 0.8-1.0

86 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

7/16 25

CS25 25

Table 7: Torque Values for RF Cables

Impact on System All telecommunications resources on the related sectors


are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Replace AGC Replace a faulty AGC/AGX module:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the SUM board in the BTS.
2. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL for the impacted sector. Enter a
WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three
minutes before continuing to the next step.
3. From BTS NEM select ’Begin HW Modification’.
4. Use the BTS NEM to disable TRE for the impacted sector.
It is possible that the last TRE cannot be disabled. It will be recovered after
the replacement of the AGC/AGX without operator’s intervention.
5. Disable the impacted AGC/AGX.
6. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
7. Disconnect all the coaxial RF cables on the front panel of the faulty
AGC/AGX, as appropriate, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
8. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the faulty
AGC/AGX belonging to the impacted sector.
9. Loosen the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty AGC/AGX
belonging to the impacted sector, if equipped.
10. Carefully disengage the AGC/AGX from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.
11. From BTS-NEM perfom remove HW for the related AGC/AGX module
assigned to the impacted sector.
12. Close the "Remove Hardware" window.
13. Insert the new AGC/AGX module belonging to the impacted sector.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the AGC/AGX.

14. Fasten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the faulty
RIT in the subrack.
15. Fasten the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty RIT in the subrack,
if equipped.
16. Re-connect all the coaxial RF cables on the front panel of the new AGC/AGX,
as noticed in step 7.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 87 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

17. To end the HW Modification, from the Online Mode menu bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings...->End HW Modification
If Twin TREs/MC TREs are equipped the "TWIN TRA Settings"/"Multicarrier
Settings" window opens.
Set the Twin TRE mode/MC TRE number and click on [ Ok ].
Note: If the AGC/AGX software is not available in the OMU, the OMU
request the software from the BSC and starts the download.
18. The BTS Monitoring window opens with the following dialog box:
"Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this
configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for
completion of HW audit to see final result"
Click on [ Yes ].
Note: End Commissioning (for more information, refer to the BTS NEM
User Guide) is also automatically launched.
Wait for the ’Hardware and Alarm Audit’ at the OMC-R to finish or for
HW-RESYNCH message in BTS NEM alarms window. This may take
several minutes.
19. Use the BTS NEM to Init the TREs.
20. Use the BTS NEM to initialize the BTS_TEL.
21. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
22. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
23. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the replacement
AGC/AGX.
The "Modify Remote Inventory - ANX-xx" window opens.In the
"Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity
Logical site name

Commissioning (installation) date.

Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


24. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - ANX-xx" window click on [ OK ] to save
the changes.
25. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
26. Close the BTS NEM.
27. Disconnect cables to the BTS NEM.

88 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.15 Replace APOD


An APOD is used in the AC variant of the CIMA indoor cabinet.
The APOD RIT part number is 3BK 08675 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver

An M3 wrench

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the external mains AC power to the BTS cabinet is not switched off
at the appropriate point in this procedure.
Ensure that no one else can switch on the power supply until you have finished
the procedure.

Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace an APOD RIT, you must:
Power off the BTS

Remove the existing APOD RIT

Install the new APOD RIT

Power on the BTS.

Power Off BTS Power off the BTS:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breaker F3 on the front panel of the ABAC.
5. Switch OFF (down) the six DC OUTPUT circuit breakers INT, SR1-4, and
EXT and the AC INPUT circuit breaker on the front panel of the APOD.
6. Switch OFF the external mains AC power supply to the BTS cabinet.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 89 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove APOD Remove an APOD RIT:


1. On the front panels of each of the five PM08s, unplug the AC IN cable coming
from the APOD, carefully noting the position of each for reconnection.
2. Remove the two crosshead screws on the filter cover at the right of the
AFIP and pull off the cover.
3. Remove the six crosshead screws securing the AFIP to the subrack and
carefully pull it out to expose the AC cable connected to the back of the two
filters. The other end of this cable is hard-wired to the back of the APOD.
4. Pull off the protective rubber cap and remove the M3 nut from the back of
each filter, and then disconnect the AC cable.
5. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the APOD.
6. Carefully withdraw the APOD from the slot at the same time pulling out the
AC cable disconnected from the AFIP.

Install APOD Install the new APOD RIT:


1. Ensure that the AC INPUT circuit breaker and the six DC OUTPUT circuit
breakers INT, SR1-4, and EXT on the front panel of the replacement APOD
are all OFF (down).
2. Hold the replacement APOD next to the empty slot and feed the AC cable at
the back into the slot for connection to the AFIP.
3. Carefully push the APOD fully into the slot ensuring that the AC cable at
the back is allowed to hang free.
4. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the APOD.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the protective rubber caps are not replaced on the AC filters.
Replace the protective rubber caps after reconnection of the AC cable from
the APOD.

5. Reconnect the AC cable from the APOD to the back of the two filters on the
AFIP and replace the M3 nuts and the protective rubber caps.
6. Carefully push the AFIP back against the subrack without trapping the
AC cable, and replace the six crosshead screws to secure the AFIP to
the subrack.
7. Replace the filter cover on the AFIP and secure it with the two crosshead
screws.
8. Plug in the cables from the APOD to AC IN on the front panels of the PM08s
according to Step 1 in ’Remove ADOP’.

90 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Power On BTS Power on the BTS:


1. Switch ON the external AC power supply to the BTS cabinet.
2. Switch ON (up) the AC INPUT circuit breaker on the front panel of the APOD.
3. Switch ON (up) the six DC OUTPUT circuit breakers INT, SR1-4, and EXT
on the front panel of the APOD.
4. Switch ON (up) the circuit breaker F3 on the front panel of the ABAC.
5. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of the BCU1 is ON and that
the red Batt and yellow Test LEDs are OFF.
6. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
7. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the BTS_TEL.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.16 Replace BACO


The BACO RIT part number is 3BK 07988 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver.

A torque wrench with an M6 adaptor.

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Remove BACO Remove a BACO RIT:
1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
3. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers P1 and P2 on the front panel
of the BACO.
4. Disconnect the D-type cable on the front panel of the BACO.
5. On the batteries, pull back the rubber insulation on the four terminals
connected to the BACO and loosen the M6 nuts.
6. Remove the M6 nuts from the terminals and disconnect the cables to the
BACO, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 91 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

7. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the BACO.
8. Carefully disengage the BACO from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the BACO.

Replace BACO Replace a BACO RIT:


1. Push the replacement BACO fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the BACO.
3. Use the M6 nuts to reconnect the BACO cables to the battery terminals.
4. Using a torque wrench fitted with an M6 adaptor, tighten the terminal
connections to a torque of 3.9 Nm and then replace the rubber insulation.
5. Reconnect the D-type cable to the front panel of the BACO.
6. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers P1 and P2 on the front panel of the
BACO.
7. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
8. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
9. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
10. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
11. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
12. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.17 Replace BAC2


The BAC2 RIT part number is 3BK 08715 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small crosshead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove BAC2 Remove a BAC2 RIT:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

92 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers F1 and F2 on the front panel
of the BAC2.
3. Disconnect the BAT1+, BAT1-, BAT2+, and BAT2- cables on the front panel
of the BAC2, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
4. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of the BAC2.
5. Carefully disengage the BAC2 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the BAC2.

Install BAC2 Install a BAC2 RIT:


1. Push the replacement BAC2 fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of the BAC2.
3. Reconnect the cables to the front panel of the BAC2.
4. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers F1 and F2 on the front panel of the BAC2.
5. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
6. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
7. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
8. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
9. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.18 Replace BATS


The BATS RIT part number is 3BK 25848 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium crosshead screwdriver

A medium flathead screwdriver.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.

Remove BATS Remove a BATS RIT from a cabinet:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breaker which is positioned at the front
panel of the BATS.
3. Disconnect the ’BATT. -48 V’ connector at the ADAM module.
4. Disconnect both battery cables at the BATS, carefully noting their positions
for reconnection.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 93 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

5. Loosen the retaining screws at the front panel of the BATS.

Heavy Equipment
The BATS weighs 15 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to equipment may
result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BATS.

6. Carefully disengage the BATS from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the BATS.

Replace BATS Replace a BATS RIT in a cabinet:


1. Push the replacement BATS fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten all retaining screws at the front panel of the BATS.
3. Reconnect both battery cables to the connectors at the front panel of the
BATS.
4. Reconnect the ’BATT -48 V’ battery cable at ADAM.
5. Switch ON (up) the circuit breaker at the BATS.
6. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.19 Replace BCU1


The BCU1 RIT part number is 3BK 06784 BB.
Tools and Materials You must have:
A small flathead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
When replacing a BCU1 RIT, you must

Remove the existing BCU1

Install the replacement BCU1


If necessary, set the configuration (the Battery Type and Branch Info
must be known for the new BCU1)

Verify the BCU1 status and update the remote inventory file.

94 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove BCU1 Remove a BCU1 RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
3. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the BCU1.
4. Carefully disengage the BCU1 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the BCU1.

Install BCU1 Replace a BCU1 RIT:


1. Push the replacement BCU1 fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the BCU1.
3. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel is ON and that the red
Batt and yellow Test LEDs are OFF.
4. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
5. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU1 repeatedly until the
battery configuration is displayed, for example BU41 2B. This is displayed
for a BU41 with two branches.
If the configuration is incorrect, use the Special Menu function of the BCU1
to set it to the configuration currently in use in the cabinet.
The procedure for setting the configuration is described in "Set
Configuration" below. If the configuration is correct, go directly to Step 1
in ’Verify Status and Update RI’.

Set Configuration To set the configuration of the BCU1:


(if necessary) 1. Press the Function and Status buttons on the front panel of the BCU1
simultaneously for five seconds to access the Special Menu and display
’SpecFunc’.
2. Press the Function button to display ’BatEquip’.
3. Press the Status button to display ’BatType’.
4. Press the Status button to display ’BU15’, the default.
5. Press the Function button to display ’BU41’.
6. Press the Status button to select BU41 or the Function button followed by
the Status button to select BU61 if a BU100 is being used.
7. Press the Status button to display ’1 Branch’, the default.
8. Press the Status button to select one branch or the Function button followed
by the Status button to select two branches.
9. Press the Function button to display ’SpecFunc’.
10. Press the Status button to leave the Special Menu (and to return to
Information mode).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 95 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Verify Status and Verify the status of the BCU1 and update the remote inventory file as follows:
Update RI 1. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU1 repeatedly until
the Rectif status is displayed and verify that the status of the PM08s is
’Y Y Y Y Y’.
The following character designations are used:

Y - indicates that the PM08 in the corresponding slot is serviceable

F - indicates that the PM08 is unserviceable and needs replacing


N - indicates that the slot is not used.

2. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU1 repeatedly until the
Alarm status is displayed and verify that the status of the PM08s is ’- - - - -’
A’-’ in any display position indicates that the PM08 in the corresponding slot
is not in an alarm condition. Any other character in the display indicates
an alarm condition.
3. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
4. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
5. Using the BTS NEM, update the ACRI remote inventory file for the ACDC_BCB
RIT with the following information:

Part number and variant of new BCU1

Serial number of new BCU1

ICS of new BCU1

Commissioning (current installation) date.

6. Check [ Apply RI Changes ] and click on [ Ok ].


7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.20 Replace BCU2


The BCU2 RIT part number is 3BK 08714 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small crosshead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

96 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

To replace a BCU2 RIT, you must:


Remove the existing BCU2

Insert the replacement BCU2

If necessary, set the configuration

Verify the status of the BCU2 and update the remote inventory file.

Remove BCU2 Remove a BCU2 RIT:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
4. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers F1 and F2 on the front panel
of the BAC2.
5. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of the BCU2.
6. Carefully disengage the BCU2 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the BCU2.

7. Disconnect the XBCB and the TEMPERATURE cables from the front panel
of the BCU2.

Insert BCU2 Insert the replacement BCU2 RIT:


1. Push the replacement BCU2 fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of the BCU2.
3. Reconnect the XBCB and the TEMPERATURE cables to the front panel
of the BCU2.
4. Verify that the green On and Power On LEDs on the front panel are ON and
that the red Alarm and yellow Test LEDs are OFF.
5. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
battery configuration is displayed, for example BU41 2B. This is displayed
for a BU41 with two branches.
If the configuration is incorrect, use the Special Menu function of the BCU2
to set it to the configuration currently in use in the cabinet using the "Set
Configuration" procedure.
If the configuration is correct, go directly to Step 1 in ’Verify Status and
Update RI’.

Set Configuration To set the configuration for the BCU2:


(if necessary) 1. Press the Function and Status buttons on the front panel of the BCU2
simultaneously for five seconds to access the Special Menu and display
’SpecFunc’.
2. Press the Function button to display ’BatEquip’.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 97 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3. Press the Status button to display ’BatType’.


4. Press the Status button to display the first battery type, ’BU15’.
5. Press the Function button repeatedly until your battery type is displayed
(e.g. two times for ’BU41’ ).
6. Press the Status button to select your battery type. ’Branches’ is displayed.
7. Press the Status button to display ’1 Branch’, the default.
8. Depending on the battery configuration:
If only one branch is installed, press the Status button to select one
branch. ’CapTest’ is displayed

If two are branches are installed, press the Function button and "2
Branch" is displayed. Press the Status button to select two branches.
’CapTest’ is displayed.

9. Press the Function button to display ’SpecFunc’.


10. Press the Status button to leave the Special Menu (and to return to
Information mode).

Verify Status and To verify the status and update the remote inventory file:
Update RI 1. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers F1 and F2 on the front panel of the BAC2.
2. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
power module status is displayed. Verify that the status is ’PM Y Y Y Y’.
The following character designations are used:

Y - indicates that the PM11 in the corresponding slot is serviceable


F - indicates that the PM11 is unserviceable and needs replacing

N - indicates that the slot is not used.

3. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
Alarm status is displayed. Verify that the status is ’ALM’.
Any other character in the display, for instance ’ALM M’, indicates an alarm
condition. The following character designations are used:

M - indicates a mains failure


B - indicates a battery malfunction

R - indicates a PM11 failure

V - indicates an out-of-range voltage.

4. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
5. Using the BTS NEM, update the BCU2 remote inventory file for ACDC_BCB
RIT with the following information:

Commissioning (current installation) date

Network identity

Logical site name


BCU2 Power down timers.

98 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

6. Check [ Apply RI Changes ] and click on [ Ok ].


7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.21 Replace BU41 in Combination with PM08/PM11


The BU41 RIT part number is 3BK 08035 AA.
The BU41 battery branch consists of four serially-connected 12 V sealed
lead-acid batteries.

Short-circuiting Batteries
Short-circuiting of battery terminals can cause injury to personnel and damage
to equipment.
Be careful when handling batteries.

Each cabinet contains one or optionally two (outdoor 9100 BTS only) BU41
battery branches. The batteries are connected as shown in the following
figure (top view).
BU41 Optional BU41
Battery Branch Battery Branch
Fixing Belt

To BACO/BAC2
To BACO/BAC2 − + − + Batt 2−
Batt 1−

− + − +
Jumper

− + − + To BACO/BAC2
Batt 2+

− + − +
To BACO/BAC2 Batt 1+

Figure 37: BU41 Battery Branches and Terminal Connections in Combination


with PM08/PM11

Each battery branch is fitted with an exhaust hose which expels the gasses
produced during battery charging to the external environment.
A temperature sensor is connected to the positive (+) battery terminal of
branch 1.
Once a year, you must inspect it for corrosion and damage and measure
the battery voltage and temperature.
Tools and Materials You must have:
A torque wrench with an M6 adaptor

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 99 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Remove Batteries Remove a BU41 battery branch:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Follow the instructions on the warning labels on the front of the BU41 while
carrying out the rest of this procedure.
3. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers P1 and P2 on the front panel of
the BACO or BAC2.
4. Pull back the rubber insulation and then remove the M6 nuts from all eight
battery terminals of the BU41 to be replaced.
5. Remove the exhaust hose from the exhaust nipple on top of each battery
block.
6. Remove all the battery cables from the terminals.

Heavy Equipment
The BU41 comprises four blocks of 12.5 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to
equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BU41.

7. Release the fixing belt securing the BU41 to the battery compartment and
then remove the individual battery blocks from the compartment.

Replace Batteries Replace a BU41 battery branch:


1. Inspect the batteries and terminals of the replacement BU41 for corrosion
or cracks.
2. Install the charged replacement battery blocks in the battery compartment
and secure using the fixing belt.
3. Use the M6 nuts to reconnect all the battery cables to the battery terminals,
as shown in Figure 37 above.
4. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten all the terminal
connections to a torque of 3.9 Nm and then replace the rubber insulation.
5. Reconnect the exhaust hose to the nipple on top of each battery block.
6. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers P1 and P2 on the front panel of the
BACO or BAC2.
7. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
8. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
9. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
11. Close the front door of the BTS.

100 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.22 Replace BU100 in Combination with PM08/PM11


The BU100 RIT part number is 3BK 08932 AA.
The BU100 battery branch consists of four serially-connected 12 V sealed
lead-acid batteries.

Short-circuiting Batteries
Short-circuiting of battery terminals can cause injury to personnel and damage
to equipment.
Be careful when handling batteries.

The batteries are connected as shown in the following figure (top view).

Jumper Battery Battery Battery Battery


Fixing
Belt

To BACO/BAC2
To BACO/BAC2 Batt 1+
Batt 1−

+ − + − + −

Figure 38: BU100 Battery Branch and Terminal Connections in Combination


with PM08/PM11

The battery branch is fitted with exhaust hoses which expel the gasses
produced during battery charging to the external environment.
A temperature sensor is connected to one of the battery terminals.
Once a year, you must inspect it for corrosion and damage and measure
the battery voltage and temperature.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A torque wrench with an M6 adaptor

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 101 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove Batteries Remove a BU100 battery branch:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Follow the instructions on the warning labels on the front of the BU100 while
carrying out the rest of this procedure.
3. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers P1 and P2 on the front panel of
the BACO or BAC2.
4. Remove the exhaust hoses from the exhaust nipple on top of each battery.
5. Pull off the cap on the negative (-) terminal on the leftmost battery, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the cable that goes to the BACO or BAC2.
6. Pull off the cap on the positive (+) terminal on the rightmost battery, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the cable that goes to the BACO or BAC2.
7. Pull off the other six caps on the remaining battery terminals, and remove
the six M8 screws.
8. Remove the three jumpers linking the four batteries.

Heavy Equipment
The BU100 comprises four blocks of 30 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to
equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BU100.

9. Release the fixing belt securing the BU100 to the battery compartment and
then remove the individual batteries from the compartment.

Replace Batteries Replace a BU100 battery branch:


1. Inspect the batteries and terminals of the replacement BU100 for corrosion
or cracks.
2. Place two self-adhesive spacers on the top of one of the side walls of three
of the four battery blocks (same side wall in order to ensure distance to
the next battery).
3. Install the charged replacement batteries in the battery compartment and
secure using the fixing belt.
4. Replace the three jumpers linking the four batteries, as shown in Figure
38 above.
5. Replace the six M8 screws on the three jumpers, and tighten each nut to a
torque of 5 Nm using a torque wrench with an M8 adaptor.
6. Replace the terminal caps on the six M8 screws.
7. Reconnect the battery cable to the negative (-) terminal on the leftmost
battery, and replace the M6 nut.
8. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 3.9
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
9. Reconnect the battery cable to the positive (+) terminal on the rightmost
battery, and replace the M6 nut.
10. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 3.9
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
11. Reconnect the exhaust hoses to the nipple on top of each battery.

102 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Final Checks Perform the following steps:


1. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers P1 and P2 on the front panel of the
BACO or BAC2.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
4. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
5. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
6. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.23 Replace BU41/BU100 in Combination with PM12


The BU41 RIT part number is 3BK 08035 AA, the BU100 RIT part number
is 3BK 08932 AA.
The BU41/BU100 battery branch consists of four serially-connected 12 V
sealed lead-acid batteries.

Short-circuiting Batteries
Short-circuiting of battery terminals can cause injury to personnel and damage
to equipment.
Be careful when handling batteries.

Each cabinet contains one or optionally two BU41/BU100 battery branches.


The default battery branch is positioned in the bottom shelf. The optional
battery branch is positioned in the shelf above. The batteries are connected as
shown in the following figure (top view).
To Circuit Breaker Fixing Belt
BR1 (branch 1) Battery Battery Battery Battery
or BR2 (branch 2)

To Circuit Breaker

1234567890123456789
BR1 or BR2

1234567890123456789

BU41 Battery Branch

Battery Battery Battery Battery

Fixing Belt
Jumper

12345678901234567890123
12345678901234567890123 To Circuit Breaker
To Circuit Breaker
BR1 or BR2
BR1 or BR2

BU100 Battery Branch

Figure 39: BU41/BU100 Battery Branches and Terminal Connections (top view)
in Combination with PM12

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 103 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Each battery branch is fitted with an exhaust hose which expels the gasses
produced during battery charging to the external environment.
A temperature sensor is connected to the positive (+) battery terminal.
Once a year, you must inspect the batteries for corrosion and damage and
measure the battery voltage and temperature.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A torque wrench with an M6/M8 adaptor

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace a BU41 in combination with a PM12, go to Replace BU41 in
Combination with PM12 (Section 3.23.1). To replace a BU100 in combination
with a PM12, go to Replace BU100 in Combination with PM12 (Section 3.23.2).

3.23.1 Replace BU41 in Combination with PM12


Remove BU41 Remove a BU41 RIT in combination with a PM12:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Follow the instructions on the warning labels on the front of the BU41 while
carrying out the rest of this procedure.
3. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers BR1(branch 1) or BR2 (optional
branch) which are positioned on the left-hand side of the battery.
4. Pull back the rubber insulation and then remove the M6 nuts from all eight
battery terminals of the BU41 to be replaced.
5. Remove the exhaust hoses from the exhaust nipple on top of each battery
block.
6. Remove all the battery cables from the terminals.

Heavy Equipment
The BU41 comprise four blocks of 12.5 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to
equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BU41.

7. Release the fixing belt securing the BU41 to the battery compartment and
then remove the individual battery blocks from the compartment. (It is
recommended to start with the interior blocks).

104 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Replace BU41 Replace a BU41 battery branch:


1. Inspect the batteries and terminals of the replacement BU41 for corrosion
or cracks.
2. Install the charged replacement battery blocks in the battery compartment
and secure using the fixing belt.
3. Reconnect the exhaust hoses to the nipple on top of each battery block.
4. Use the M6 nuts to reconnect all the battery cables to the battery terminals,
as shown in Figure 39 above.
5. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten all the terminal
connections to a torque of 3.9 Nm and then replace the rubber insulation.
Update RI Update the remote inventory:
1. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers BR1 (branch 1) or BR2 (optional branch).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory of the RIBAT with the
following information:
Serial number of BU41

Commissioning (current installation) date.

4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


5. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.23.2 Replace BU100 in Combination with PM12


Remove BU100 Remove a BU100 battery branch:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Follow the instructions on the warning labels on the front of the BU100 while
carrying out the rest of this procedure.
3. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers BR1 (branch1) or BR2 (optional
branch) which are positioned on the left-hand side of the battery.
4. Remove the exhaust hoses from the exhaust nipple on top of each battery.
5. Pull off the cap on the negative (-) terminal on the leftmost battery, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the cable that goes to the circuit breaker
BR1 or BR2.
6. Pull off the cap on the positive (+) terminal on the rightmost battery, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the cable that goes to the circuit breakers
BR1 (and RIBAT1) or BR2 (and RIBAT2) and the temperature sensor cable.
7. Pull off the other six caps on the remaining battery terminals, and remove
the six M8 screws.
8. Remove the three jumpers linking the four batteries.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 105 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Heavy Equipment
The BU100 comprises four blocks of 30 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to
equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BU100.

9. Release the fixing belt securing the BU100 to the battery compartment
and then remove the individual batteries from the compartment (It is
recommended to start with the interior blocks).

Replace BU100 Replace a BU100 battery branch:


1. Inspect the batteries and terminals of the replacement BU100 for corrosion
or cracks.
2. Place two self-adhesive spacers on the top of one of the side walls of three
of the four battery blocks (same side wall in order to ensure distance to
the next battery).
3. Install the charged replacement batteries in the battery compartment and
secure, using the fixing belt.
4. Replace the three jumpers linking the four batteries, as shown in Figure 38.
5. Replace the six M8 screws on the three connector bars, and tighten each
nut to a torque of 5 Nm using a torque wrench with an M8 adaptor.
6. Replace the terminal caps on the six M8 screws.
7. Reconnect the battery cable to the negative (-) terminal on the leftmost
battery, and replace the M6 nut.
8. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 3.9
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
9. Reconnect first the battery cable and then the temperature cable to the
positive (+) terminal on the rightmost battery, and replace the M6 nut.
10. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 3.9
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
11. Reconnect the exhaust hoses to the nipple on top of each battery.

Update RI Update the remote inventory:


1. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers BR1 (branch 1) or BR2 (optional branch).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory of the RIBAT with the
following information:

Serial number of BU100

Commissioning (current installation) date.

4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


5. Close the front door of the BTS.

106 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.24 Replace BU101 in 9100 MBS GSM Outdoor and 9100 MBS
GSM Evolution Outdoor
The BU101 RIT part number is 3BK 25854 AA.
The BU101 battery branch consists of four serially-connected 12 V sealed
lead-acid batteries.

Short-circuiting Batteries
Short-circuiting of battery terminals can cause injury to personnel and damage
to equipment.
Be careful when handling batteries.

The batteries are connected as shown in the following figure.


To Circuit Breaker

Battery Box

Battery Battery
Connection Cable

Upper Block

To Circuit Breaker

Jumper

Battery Battery

Temperature Sensor Cable


Lower Block

Figure 40: BU101 Battery Branches and Terminal Connections (front view)

Each battery branch is fitted with exhaust hoses which expel the gasses
produced during battery charging to the external environment.
A temperature sensor is connected to the positive (+) battery terminal.
Once a year, it is recommended to inspect the batteries for corrosion and
damage and measure the battery voltage and temperature.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 107 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Tools and Materials You must have:


A torque wrench with an M6/M8 adaptor

An insulated wrench (M8)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If there is a mains power failure during the replacement


procedure, the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources
are lost.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove the Batteries Remove a BU101 battery branch:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Follow the instructions on the warning labels on the front of the BU101 while
carrying out the rest of this procedure.
3. Switch OFF (down) the battery circuit breaker.
4. Loosen the retaining screws of the battery box cover and remove the cover.
5. Remove the exhaust hoses from the exhaust nipple on top of each battery.
6. Pull off the cap on the negative (-) terminal on the left upper battery, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the cable that goes to the circuit breaker.
7. Pull off the cap on the positive (+) terminal on the right lower battery, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the cable that goes to the circuit breaker
and the temperature sensor cable.
8. Pull off the other six caps on the remaining battery terminals, and remove
the six M8 screws.
9. Remove the jumpers and the connection cable linking the four batteries.

Heavy Equipment
Each battery block of the BU101 weights 30 - 35 kg. Injury to personnel and
damage to equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BU101.

10. Remove the individual batteries from the battery box (It is recommended to
start with the right blocks).

108 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Install the Batteries Install a BU101 battery branch:


1. Inspect the batteries and terminals of the replacement BU101 for corrosion
or cracks.
2. Place two smaller self-adhesive spacers (5 mm) on the top of both side walls
of both batteries placed to the right. Place two bigger self-adhesive spacers
(10 mm) on the top of the left side wall of the batteries placed to the left.
(This is to ensure distance between batteries and housing).
3. Install the charged replacement batteries in the battery compartment.
4. Replace the two jumpers and the "connection" cable linking the four
batteries, as shown in Figure 40 above.
5. Replace the six M8 screws on the two jumpers and the "connection" cable,
and tighten each nut to a torque of 5 Nm using a torque wrench with an
M8 adaptor.
6. Replace the terminal caps on the six M8 screws.
7. Reconnect the battery cable removed in Step 5 (Remove the Batteries) to
the negative (-) terminal on the left upper battery, and replace the M6 nut.
8. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 5
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
9. Reconnect first the battery cable and then the temperature cable removed in
Step 6 (Remove the Batteries) to the positive (+) terminal on the right lower
battery, and replace the M6 nut.
10. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 5
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
11. Reconnect the exhaust hoses to the nipple on top of each battery.

On the battery cover, after replacement, perform one of the following if


applicable:

When changing from Hawker batteries to Exide batteries cut the glued
foam blocs to about 25 mm thick

When changing from Exide batteries to Hawker batteries glue the spare
foam blocks on top of the original.

12. Replace the cover of battery box and tighten the retaining screws.
Update RI Update remote inventory:
1. Switch ON (up) the battery circuit breaker.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory of the RIBAT with the
following information:
Serial number of BU101

Commissioning (current installation) date.

4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


5. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 109 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.25 Replace DAC Items


3.25.1 Replace DAC
The DAC8 RIT part number is 3BK 27794 AAxx; the DAC9 RIT part number
is 3BK 27795 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A Torx 30 screwdriver
One to three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length.

Impact on System None.

Heavy Equipment
The DAC8 weighs 18 kg, the DAC9 weighs 22 kg. Injury to personnel and
damage to equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.

Remove DAC8/DAC9 Remove a DAC8 or DAC9:


1. Open the front door(s) of the 9100 Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor
Cabinet (MBOxE). (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section
3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
3. Locate DAC8 (MBO2E, right door) or DAC9 (MBO2E, left door, or MBO1E)
on the inside of the appropriate door.
4. Disconnect the D-type connector cable from the Control Box at the upper
part of DAC8 or DAC9.
5. If necessary, cut the cable tie(s) securing the cable (power and alarm) to
the DAC8 or DAC9.
6. Support the DAC8 or DAC9 unit at the lower part.
7. Loosen the screws securing the DAC8 or DAC 9 to the door.
8. Remove the DAC8 or DAC9 unit from the door.

Replace DAC8/DAC9 Replace a DAC8 or DAC9 RIT:


1. Place the replacement DAC8 or DAC9 against the door.
2. Tighten the screws to secure the DAC8 or DAC9 unit.
3. Reconnect the D-type connector cable to the Control Box at the upper
part of the DAC8 or DAC9.
4. If necessary, secure the cable to the DAC8 or DAC9 using cable tie(s).
5. Switch ON (up) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
6. Check that the red ALARM LED above the temperature readout on the
Control Box (to the right of the D-type connector) is OFF.
7. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

110 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.25.2 Replace Inlet Filter


The FIND8 RIT part number is 3BK 28057 AAxx; the FIND9 RIT part number
is 3BK 28058 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A Torx 20 screwdriver
One to three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length.

Impact on System None.


Remove the Inlet Filter Remove the inlet filter of DAC 8 or DAC9:
1. Open the front door(s) of the 9100 Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor
Cabinet (MBOxE). (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section
3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
3. Locate DAC8 (MBO2E, right door) or DAC9 (MBO2E, left door, or MBO1E)
on the inside of the appropriate door.
4. Disconnect the D-type connector cable from the Control Box at the upper
part of DAC8 or DAC9.
5. Loosen the screws securing the DAC8 or DAC9 cover then remove the cover.
6. Remove the inlet filter.

Help: If you can not remove the inlet filter in this position, remove DAC8 or
DAC 9 from the the door by loosening the fixation screws.

Take into account the instructions marked on the inlet filter regarding the
airflow direction and filter handling.

Replace the Inlet Filter Replace the inlet filter of DAC 8 or DAC9:
1. Place the replacement inlet filter into correct position.
2. If the DAC8 or DAC9 was removed from the for filter removing fit it to the
door and secure it with the screws.
3. Fit the DAC8 or DAC9 cover and tighten the screws securing the cover.
4. Reconnect the D-type connector cable to the Control Box at the upper
part of the DAC8 or DAC9.
5. Switch ON (up) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
6. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 111 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.25.3 Replace Outlet Filter


The FOUTD8 RIT part number is 3BK 28059 AAxx; the FOUTD9 RIT part
number is 3BK 28060 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A Torx 20 screwdriver
One to three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length.

Impact on System None.

Remove the Outlet Filter Remove the outlet filter of DAC 8 or DAC9:
1. Open the front door(s) of the 9100 Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor
Cabinet (MBOxE). (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section
3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
3. Locate DAC8 (MBO2E, right door) or DAC9 (MBO2E, left door, or MBO1E)
on the inside of the appropriate door.
4. Disconnect the D-type connector cable from the Control Box at the upper
part of DAC8 or DAC9.
5. Loosen the screws securing the DAC8 or DAC9 cover then remove the cover.
6. Remove the outlet filter.
Replace the Outlet Filter Replace the outlet filter of DAC 8 or DAC9:
1. Place the replacement outlet filter to its final position.
2. Fit the DAC8 or DAC9 cover and tighten the screws securing it.
3. Switch ON (up) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
4. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

112 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.25.4 Replace Fan Box


The FBD8 RIT part number is 3BK 28061 AAxx; the FBD9 RIT part number
is 3BK 28062 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A Torx 20 screwdriver
One to three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length.

Impact on System None.


Remove Fan Remove the fan box of DAC 8 or DAC9:
1. Open the front door(s) of the 9100 Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor
Cabinet (MBOxE). (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section
3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
3. Locate DAC8 (MBO2E, right door) or DAC9 (MBO2E, left door, or MBO1E)
on the inside of the appropriate door.
4. Disconnect the D-type connector cable from the Control Box at the upper
part of DAC8 or DAC9.
5. Loosen the screws securing the DAC8 or DAC9 cover then remove the
cover and attached fans.

Replace Fan Replace the fan of DAC 8 or DAC9:


1. Fit the DAC8 or DAC9 cover to its final position.
2. Tighten the screws securing the DAC8 or DAC9 cover.
3. Reconnect the D-type connector cable to the Control Box at the upper
part of the DAC8 or DAC9.
4. Switch ON (up) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
5. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 113 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.26 Replace DCDUE


The DCDUE RIT part number is 3BK 27267 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver and a H8 socket key

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS is


switched OFF.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed prior to this procedure.
Switch OFF the DC power supply at the site power panel before replacing the
DCDUE.

Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Remove DCDUE Remove the DCDUE:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF all power breakers (F1 to F4)
3. At site side, switch OFF the power breakers for the impacted BTS
4. Loosen the nut fixing the DCDUE cover
5. Disconnect the ground cable from the DCDUE cover and remove the cover
6. On the clamps under the lowest subrack in MBO1E, on the left side, label,
mark the position and remove the cables coming from the BOMUE
7. Loosen the screws fixing the clamps and remove the clamps
8. Label, write down the position and remove the DC IN power cables from the
clamps at the bottom part of DCDUE
9. Disconect the heaters power cable, remove the cable ties and detach
the cables from the BTS
10. Loosen the nuts and washers from the right bottom corner of DCDUE and
remove the ground cables as follows:

Door and BOMUE from the outside part of DCDUE

Main GND from the inside part of DCDUE

11. Loosen the nuts fixing the DCDUE body to the side wall
12. Remove the DCDUE.
Replace DCDUE Replace the DCDUE:
1. Put the replacement DCDUE against the side wall

114 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Tighten the nuts fixing the DCDUE to the side wall


3. Replace the ground cables as follows:

Door and BOMUE to the outside part of DCDUE

Main GND to the inside part of DCDUE

4. Tighten the nuts and washers to fix the ground cables


5. Conect the heaters power cable and attach the cables to the BTS using
cable ties
6. Connect the DC IN power cables to the clamps at the bottom part of DCDUE
7. Fix the clamps under the lowest subrack with the provided screws
8. Connect the cables coming from the BOMUE to the calmps
9. Connect the ground cable to the DCDUE cover and replace the cover
10. Tighten the nut fixing the DCDUE cover
11. At site side, switch ON the power breakers for the impacted BTS
12. Switch ON all power breakers (F1 to F4) and the battery breaker
13. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.27 Replace External Diplexer


The part number has to be defined.
Tools and Materials You must have:

Appropriate equipment to make the diplexer to be removed accessible,


if necessary

Location of Diplexer
One external diplexer is installed near the BTS and the MBS, and another
diplexer is installed near the antennas. Make sure that the diplexer to be
removed is accessible at the existing equipment.

A small flathead screwdriver

Vinyl plastic electrical tape (3BK 08840 AAAA), if external installation

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect it to the MMI port. The MMI port is
located on the front panel of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for
information on how to use the BTS NEM

Impact on System All telecommunications resources of GSM equipment are


lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove Diplexer Remove an external diplexer:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS (refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information) and the MBS.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the BTS STASR.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 115 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3. Use then BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to


ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before
continuing to next step.
4. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUMx in the MBS STASR.
5. Use then BTS NEM to lock the BTS.
6. If available, remove the vinyl plastic electrical tape on all RF connectors
and disconnect the RF jumper cables on the diplexer, carefully noting down
their positions for reconnection.
7. Disconnect the ground cable, which is fixed on the ground rod of the diplexer.
8. Secure the diplexer, loosen mounting and remove the diplexer.

Reinstall Diplexer Reinstall an external diplexer:


1. Disconnect the mounting equipment from the old diplexer and install it on
the new one, if necessary.
2. Put the new diplexer, including mounting equipment, in its installation
position, secure it and tighten the mounting equipment.
3. Reconnect the RF cables and ground cable as noted earlier. If necessary,
use the vinyl plastic electrical tape to cover RF connectors.
4. Use the BTS NEM to set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
5. Use the BTS NEM to initialize (unlock) BTS_TEL. Then check that there are
no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
6. Use the NEM to unlock BTS. Then check that there are no outstanding
alarms on the MBS.
7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.28 Replace FACB


The FACB RIT part number is 3BK 07202 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver


A TORX screwdriver M3

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

116 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove FACB Remove an FACB RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, view the RI for the FAN_BCB RIT and write down the
following information for use later in the procedure:

Network identity

Logical site name

Data from ’Additional Information’ field.

4. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
5. Using the BTS NEM, disable RA and the CCFn SBL, where n = the SBL
number between 1 and 23. If n is unknown, use the Display Hardware
Configuration window of the BTS NEM to find it.
6. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
7. Locate the faulty FACB. One of the subrack modules must be removed (as
described in the next steps) in order to access the FACB.
There is an FACB mounted on the TFBP behind the subrack at the top of the
cabinet. There are also one or more TRE subrack with an FACB mounted
on the backplane inside the subrack, behind the TREs.

For an FACB mounted on a TFBP located behind a TRE subrack, the


TRE in the third position from the right must be removed to access
the FACB

For an FACB mounted on a TFBP located behind a SUM and AN


subrack, the module(s) immediately adjacent to the SUM must be
removed. This could be ANXs, ANYs or blank panels

For an FACB mounted on the backplane of a TRE subrack, the TRE in


the second position from the right must be removed.

8. Disconnect all the cables from the module in the subrack in front of the faulty
FACB, carefully noting their positions for reconnection.
9. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the module
in the subrack plus the M3 TORX screws when installed in an outdoor
cabinet. Then carefully disengage it from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.
10. Unplug the faulty FACB from the two connectors on the backplane.

Replace FACB Replace an FACB RIT:


1. Plug the replacement FACB into the two connectors on the backplane.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the modules.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 117 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Push the module removed from the subrack earlier, back into its empty slot
ensuring that pins and sockets are correctly aligned. Then tighten the
quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the module.
3. Reconnect all the cables to the module.
4. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
5. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the CCFn and RA SBLs and then BTS_TEL.
6. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
7. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory file with the information
written down at step 3 from Remove FACB.
8. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory file with the current date
for the commissioning date for the new FACB.
9. Check [ Apply RI Changes ] and click on [ Ok ].
10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
11. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.29 Replace FANU


The FANU RIT part number is 3BK 07205 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have a BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous
communication link cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM
to the MMI port of the SUM board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to
MMI-ETH port of the SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the
front panel of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on
how to use the BTS NEM.
Impact on System The FANU can be replaced by hot-swapping (no power
supply switched off), and there is no loss of telecommunications resources.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Replace FANU Replace an FANU RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, disable the CCFn SBL, where n = the SBL number
between 1 and 23. If n is unknown, use the Display Hardware Configuration
screen of the BTS NEM to find it.
4. Locate the faulty FANU at the top of the cabinet or the bottom of the
appropriate subrack. Lift the latch underneath the handle at the front to
release the FANU, and then pull it out from the backplane.
Note: To access a top FANU, you must remove the cabinet top cover and
the FANU front panel.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the FANU.

5. Push the replacement FANU fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins and
sockets are correctly aligned. Check that the latch snaps into the locked
position.

118 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

6. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the FACB remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
7. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the CCFn SBL.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.30 Replace GNC Board


The GSM New Class (GNC) Kit part number is 3BK 28825 ABxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A Torx 5 screwdriver

An open ended key 6mm.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
In the following procedure it is considered that the SUMX board is already
removed from the subrack. Refer to Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section
3.62) for 9100 BTS or to Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch
(Section 4.5) for distributed BTS for details about how to plug/unplug the
SUMX board.

3.30.1 Remove GNC Board from SUMX


Remove the faulty GNC Optional board from SUMX:
1. Identify and remove the fixing screws for the GNC on the left SUMX side
when looking to the SUMX from the front panel.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 119 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Remove the screws that are connecting the GNC panel to the front panel
of the SUMX.

3. Detach the GNC board from the SUMX board.

3.30.2 Install GNC Board on SUMX


Install the new GNC Optional board on SUMX:
1. Mount the distance bolts on the lower side of the GNC board by fixing each
with one M3 screw on the top side of the board.

2. Identify the final position and place the board in its final position.

Help: The GNC board must be installed on the same side of SUMX where
the other components are placed (Right board side when looking to
the board from the front panel).

120 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Make sure that the connectors of the GNC board are aligned with the pins
on the SUMX board.
Do not use excessive force when plugging the module, especially in the areas
highlighted.

3. Identify the position of the GNC board on the left SUMX side when looking to
the SUMX from the front panel.

4. Place the screws in the five identified locations on same side.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 121 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

5. Glue the EMI Shielding Gasket on the backside of the GNC front panel.

6. Fix the panel of the GNC board to the front panel of the SUMX using the
provided screws.

7. Mount the D-Sub locking screws for the E1 PORT3/4 connector.

122 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.31 Replace GPS Receiver


The GPS receiver kit part numbers is 3BK 28476 ABxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:
A Torx 5 screwdriver

An open ended key 6mm.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
In the following procedure it is considered that the SUMX board is already
removed from the subrack. Refer to Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX (Section
3.62) for 9100 BTS or to Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch
(Section 4.5) for distributed BTS for details about how to plug/unplug the
SUMX board.

3.31.1 Remove GPS Receiver from SUMX


Remove the GPS receiver from SUMX:
1. On SUMX front panel, loosen the nut used for GPS receiver cable connection
then remove the nut and washer.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 123 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Loosen then remove the screws used for GPS receiver fixation.

Help: Fixation screws are installed on the left board side when looking to
the board from the front panel.

3. Detach the module from SUMX board.

124 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.31.2 Install GPS Receiver on SUMX


Install the GPS receiver on SUMX:
1. Identify the installation position of the GPS receiver module.

Help: The GPS receiver module must be installed on the same side of
SUMX where the other components are placed (Right board side
when looking to the board from the front panel).

2. Place the module on its final position.

Make sure that the connector on the GPS receiver module is aligned with the
pins on the SUMX board.
Do not use excessive force when plugging the module.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 125 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3. Fix the module using the provided screws.

Help: Fixation screws are installed on the left board side when looking to
the board from the front panel.

4. If not done, connect the right angled end of the GPS module RF cable to
the GPS receiver module.
5. Connect the straight end of the GPS module RF cable to the SUMX front
panel and fix it with the provided nut and washer.
Note: There is only one position for the RF cable to pass through the cut
out in the SUMX front panel.

126 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Notice the shape of the cut out on the SUMX front panel.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 127 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Notice the shape of the straight end of the GPS receiver RF cable.

3.32 Replace HEAT2


The HEAT2 RIT part numbers are 3BK 08075 AB (600 W) or 3BK 08075 CA
(950 W).
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

An Allen key (M5)


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Replace HEAT2 Replace a HEAT2 RIT:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

Very Hot Equipment


The heater of the HEAT2 can become very hot and can cause burns to
personnel if not handled carefully.
Exercise great care when handling the HEAT2.

2. Locate the appropriate HEAT2 inside the compartment (for module position
refer to COME/COMI/COEP Module Positions (19) to MBO2 AC Module

128 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Positions (27) ) and disconnect the one (or optionally two) AC power
connectors.
The HEAT2 is located on the floor or side wall of the compartment or
directly underneath the HEX4 at the back of the front door of MBO1. The
power connectors are mounted on the front plate of the HEAT2, next
to the thermostat.
3. Remove the four screws securing the HEAT2 plate to the floor or side wall of
the compartment or to the door and remove the HEAT2.
4. Place the replacement HEAT2 in position and replace the four screws.
5. Reconnect the AC power connectors to the new HEAT2.
6. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
7. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.33 Replace HEAT3/HEAT4


The HEAT3 RIT part number is 3BK 26343 AA, the HEAT4 RIT part number
is 3BK 27019 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A TORX M6 screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Procedure Replace a HEAT3 or HEAT4 RIT:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)

Very Hot Equipment


The heater of the HEAT3/HEAT4 can become hot and can cause burns to
personnel if not handled carefully.
Exercise great care when handling the HEAT3/HEAT4.

2. Locate the HEAT3/HEAT4 inside the compartment (for the module position,
see Figures 31 and 32) and disconnect the power connectors.
The HEAT3/HEAT4 is located at the bottom of the CBO.
3. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 129 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

4. Using the BTS NEM, disable the CCF1 SBL.


5. Remove the right FANU in order to access the heater power cable.
6. Disconnect the power cable from the connector at the back of the
HEAT3/HEAT4.
7. Remove the two screws securing the HEAT3/HEAT4 plate to the frame
and remove the HEAT3/HEAT4.
8. Place the replacement HEAT3/HEAT4 in position and replace the two screws.
9. Reconnect the power cable to the new HEAT3/HEAT4.
10. Plug the FANU in its initial position.
11. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
12. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the CCF1 SBL.
13. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
14. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
15. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.34 Replace HEATDC


The HEATDC RIT part number is 3BK 26619 AAAA (700 W).
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

An Allen key (M5)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Procedure Replace a HEATDC RIT:
1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)

Very Hot Equipment


The heater of the HEATDC can become very hot and can cause burns to
personnel if not handled carefully.
Exercise great care when handling the HEATDC.

2. Locate the appropriate HEATDC inside the compartment (for the module
position, see Figures 24 and 29) and disconnect the DC power cable.

130 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

The HEATDC is located directly underneath the HEX4 at the back of the
front door of MBO1DC or on the lower part of the right side wall in MBOEDC.
The power connectors are mounted on the front plate of the HEATDC.
3. Remove the four screws securing the HEATDC plate to the door or side wall
of the compartment and remove the HEATDC.
4. Place the replacement HEATDC in position and replace the four screws.
5. Reconnect the DC power connectors to the new HEATDC.
6. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
7. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.35 Replace HEX2


The HEX2 RIT part number is 3BK 07978 AB or 3BK 07978 AD.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A 7/16 Allen key

Three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapetr if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the
SUM board and an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port
of the SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front
panel of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on
how to use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.

Heavy Equipment
The HEX2 weighs 24 kg and there is no handle. Injury to personnel and
damage to equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when removing the HEX2. Do NOT remove the bolts that secure it to
the door until it is properly supported.

Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Remove HEX2 Remove a HEX2 RIT:
1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Depending on the BTS variant, switch OFF (down) the circuit breaker F2 on
the front panel of the DCDP or the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
3. Locate the HEX2 on the inside of the appropriate door and disconnect
the two D-type connector cables from the left side of the Control Box at
the bottom of the HEX2.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 131 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

4. Cut the three cable ties securing the cables (power and alarm) to the HEX2.
5. Loosen, but do not remove, the four Allen bolts securing the HEX2 to
the door.
6. Support the HEX2 and then remove the bolts and the HEX2 from the door.

Gasket Damage
While placing the replacement HEX2 against the door in the next step, be
careful not to damage the gasket between the HEX2 and the door.

Replace HEX2 Replace a HEX2 RIT:


1. Place the replacement HEX2 against the door and replace the four bolts.
Support the HEX2 until the bolts are fully tightened.
2. Reconnect the two D-type connector cables to the left side of the Control
Box at the bottom of the HEX2.
3. Secure the cables to the HEX2 using the three cable ties.
4. Depending on the BTS variant, switch ON (up) the circuit breaker F2 on the
front panel of the DCDP or the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
5. Verify that the red ALARM LED above the temperature readout on the
Control Box is OFF.
6. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
7. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.36 Replace HEX3/HEX4


The HEX3 RIT part number is 3BK 25659 AAxx; the HEX4 RIT part number
is 3BK 25660 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

An Allen key (M8)

One to three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length.

Impact on System None.

Heavy Equipment
The HEX3 weighs 24 kg, the HEX4 weighs 28 kg, and not all HEX variants
have handles. Injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result if it is
dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when removing the HEX. Do NOT remove the bolts that secure it to
the door until it is properly supported.

132 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove HEX3/HEX4 Remove a HEX3 or HEX4:


1. Open the front door(s) of the Multistandard BTS Outdoor Cabinet (MBOx).
(Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more
information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX breaker (one breaker for HEX3 and HEX4)
on the bus bar.
3. Locate HEX3 (MBO2, right door) or HEX4 (MBO2, left door, or MBO1) on the
inside of the appropriate door and disconnect the D-type connector cable
from the Control Box at the upper part of HEX3 or HEX4.
4. If necessary, cut the cable tie(s) securing the cable (power and alarm) to
the HEX3 or HEX4.
5. Loosen, but do not remove, the four Allen bolts securing the HEX3 or
HEX4 to the door.
6. Support the HEX3 or HEX4 and then remove the bolts and the HEX3
or HEX4 from the door.

Gasket Damage
While placing the replacement HEX against the door in the next step, be careful
not to damage the gasket between the HEX and the door.

Replace HEX3/HEX4 Replace a HEX3 or HEX4 RIT:


1. Place the replacement HEX3 or HEX4 against the door and replace the four
bolts. Support the HEX3 or HEX4 until the bolts are fully tightened.
2. Reconnect the D-type connector cable to the Control Box at the upper
part of the HEX3 or HEX4.
3. If necessary, secure the cable to the HEX3 or HEX4 using the cable tie(s).
4. Switch ON (up) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
5. Verify that the red ALARM LED above the temperature readout on the
Control Box (to the right of the D-type connector) is OFF.
6. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.37 Replace HEX5


The HEX5 RIT part number is 3BK 26325 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A M8 open ended key


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 133 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Heavy Equipment
The HEX5 weighs 12 kg and there is no handle. Injury to personnel and
damage to equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when removing the HEX5. Do NOT remove the bolts that secure it to
the door until it is properly supported.

Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove HEX5 Remove the HEX5 RIT:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX circuit breaker on the front panel of the DCUC.
3. Locate the HEX5 on the inside of the door and disconnect the two D-type
connector cables from the right side of the HEX5.
4. Loosen, but do not remove the four Allen bolts securing the HEX5 to the door.
5. Support the HEX5 and then remove the bolts and the HEX5 from the door.

Gasket Damage
While placing the replacement HEX5 against the door in the next step, be
careful not to damage the gasket between the HEX5 and the door.

Install New HEX5 Install the new HEX5:


1. Place the replacement HEX5 against the door and replace the four bolts.
Support the HEX5 until the bolts are fully tightened.
2. Verify that the water tubes of the HEX5 are properly attached to the rubber
spouts in the bottom of the door.
3. Reconnect the two D-type connector cables to the right side of the HEX5.
4. Switch ON the HEX5 circuit breaker on the front panel of the DCUC.
5. Verify that the red ALARM LED above the temperature readout is OFF.

Update RI To update the remote inventory for the HEX5:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
2. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
3. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
5. Close the front doors of the BTS.

134 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.38 Replace HEX8/HEX9


The HEX8 RIT part number is 3BK 27148 AAxx; the HEX9 RIT part number
is 3BK 27149 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

An Allen key (M8)


One to three cable ties, approximately 10 cm in length.

Impact on System None.

Heavy Equipment
The HEX8 weighs 24 kg, the HEX9 weighs 28 kg, and not all HEX variants
have handles. Injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result if it is
dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when removing the HEX. Do NOT remove the bolts that secure it to
the door until it is properly supported.

Remove HEX3/HEX4 Remove a HEX8 or HEX9:


1. Open the front door(s) of the 9100 Multistandard BTS Evolution Outdoor
Cabinet (MBOxE). (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section
3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
3. Locate HEX8 (MBO2E, right door) or HEX9 (MBO2E, left door, or MBO1E)
on the inside of the appropriate door and disconnect the D-type connector
cable from the Control Box at the upper part of HEX8 or HEX9.
4. If necessary, cut the cable tie(s) securing the cable (power and alarm) to
the HEX8 or HEX9.
5. Loosen, but do not remove, the four Allen bolts securing the HEX8 or
HEX9 to the door.
6. Support the HEX8 or HEX9 and then remove the bolts and the HEX8
or HEX9 from the door.

Gasket Damage
While placing the replacement HEX against the door in the next step, be careful
not to damage the gasket between the HEX and the door.

Replace HEX8/HEX9 Replace a HEX8 or HEX9 RIT:


1. Place the replacement HEX8 or HEX9 against the door and replace the four
bolts. Support the HEX8 or HEX9 until the bolts are fully tightened.
2. Reconnect the D-type connector cable to the Control Box at the upper
part of the HEX8 or HEX9.
3. If necessary, secure the cable to the HEX8 or HEX9 using the cable tie(s).
4. Switch ON (up) the HEX breaker on the bus bar.
5. Verify that the red ALARM LED above the temperature readout on the
Control Box (to the right of the D-type connector) is OFF.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 135 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

6. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.39 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFC


The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection modules are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the LPFC (see Figure 31 ) above the cable entry. The
module can be replaced without switching off the power.
Tools and Materials You must have a TORX screwdriver (M4).
Impact on System None.

3.39.1 Case of CBO Variant AAAA


Procedure Replace a CBO Variant AAAA Lightning Protection Module:
1. Open the front door of the CBO. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (for DEHN and for


PHOENIXCONTACT suppliers a red indication field indicates that the
lightning detector has to be replaced), by checking the indication field in the
inspection cutout on the front cover of the LPFC.

In a DEHN lightning protector, the body is red. Be careful not to confuse it


with the faulty item.

3. Unscrew the four retaining nuts (TORX, M4) of the LPFC front cover and put
it aside.
4. Remove the defective lightning protector plug and insert a new one.
5. Replace the top cover of the LPFC and tighten the retaining screws.
6. Close the front door of the CBO.

3.39.2 Case of CBO Variant AAAB


In the CBO variant AAAB, the top cover of the LPFC has a window which allows
you to replace the lightning protection modules without removing the cover.
Procedure Replace a CBO variant AAAB Lightning Protection Module:
1. Open the front door of the CBO. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (for DEHN and for


PHOENIXCONTACT suppliers a red indication field indicates that the

136 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

lightning detector has to be replaced) by checking the indication field in the


inspection cutout on the front cover of the LPFC.

In a DEHN lightning protector, the body is red. Be careful not to confuse it


with the faulty item.

3. Remove the defective lightning protector plug and insert a new one
4. Close the front door of the CBO.

3.40 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM


The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection modules are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the LPFM (see Figures 22 or 27) at the left upper side of
the MBO1. The module can be replaced without switching off the power.
The top cover of the LPFM has a window which allows you to check the
lightning protection modules without removing the cover.
Tools and Materials You must have an open ended key(M5).
Impact on System None.

Replace Lightning Replace a Lightning Protection Module:


Protection 1. Open the front door of the MBO1. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (a red indication field indicates that
the lightning detector has to be replaced) on the top cover of the LPFM.
3. Unscrew the four retaining nuts (M5) of the LPFM top cover and put them
aside.
4. Remove the defective lightning protector and insert a new one.
5. Replace the top cover of the LPFM and tighten the retaining nuts.
6. Close the front door of the MBO1.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 137 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.41 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFM of CBIE/CBOE


The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection modules are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the LPFM (see Figure 33) at the right bottom side of the
CBIE/CBOE. The module can be replaced without switching OFF the power.
The top side of the LPFM has a cut-out which allows you to replace the
lightning protection modules.
Tools and Materials None.
Impact on System None.
Replace Lightning To replace a Lightning Protection Module:
Protection 1. Open the door of the CBIE/CBOE. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (a red indication field indicates that
the lightning detector has to be replaced) behind the cables entry area on
the lower right side of the cabinet.
3. Remove the defective lightning protector and insert a new one.
4. Close the door of the CBIE/CBOE.

3.42 Replace Lightning Protection in ACDUE


The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection modules are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the LPFM (see Figures 22 or 27) at the left upper side of
the MBO1E. The module can be replaced without switching off the power.
The cover of the ACDUE has a window which allows you to check the lightning
protection modules without removing the cover.
Tools and Materials You must have an open ended key(M5).
Impact on System None.

Replace Lightning Replace a Lightning Protection Module:


Protection 1. Open the front door of the MBO1E. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (a red indication field indicates that
the lightning detector has to be replaced) on the cover of the ACDUE.
3. Unscrew the retaining nut (M5) of the ACDUE cover and put them aside.
4. Remove the defective lightning protector and insert a new one.

138 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

5. Replace the cover of the ACDUE and tighten the retaining nut.
6. Close the front door of the MBO1E.

3.43 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFMT


The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection modules are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the LPFMT (see Figure 26) at the left upper side of the
MBO1T. The module can be replaced without switching off the power.
The top cover of the LPFMT has a window which allows you to check the
lightning protection modules without removing the cover.
Tools and Materials You must have an open ended key for M5.
Impact on System None.

Replace Lightning Replace a Lightning Protection Module:


Protection 1. Open the front door of the MBO1T. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (a red indication field indicates that
the lightning detector has to be replaced) on the top cover of the LPFMT.
3. Unscrew the four retaining nuts ( M5) of the LPFMT top cover and put
them aside.
4. Remove the defective lightning protector and insert a new one.
5. Replace the top cover of the LPFMT and tighten the retaining nuts.
6. Close the front door of the MBO1T.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 139 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.44 Replace Lightning Protection in LPFU


The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection module are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the LPFU (see Figures 20 or 21) at the bottom of the side
compartment. The module can be replaced without switching off the power.
Tools and Materials You must have a TORX screwdriver (M4).
Impact on System None.

Replace Lightning Replace a Lightning Protection Module:


Protection 1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Unscrew the retaining screw (TORX, M4) in the middle of the LPFU top
cover, if equipped. Open the LPFU by pulling off the top cover. The following
figure shows an internal view of the LPFU.
Retaining Thread
(not necessarily equipped)

Lightning Protector

Figure 41: LPFU Internal View

3. Remove the lightning protector (for DEHN, a red indication field and for
PHOENIXCONTACT, a green indication field indicates that the lightning
detector has to be replaced) and insert a new one.
4. Replace the top cover of the LPFU, press the cover down until it locks and
tighten the retaining screw (if equipped).
5. Close the front doors of the BTS.

140 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.45 Replace LPQM/LPQMDC


The LPQM part number is 3BK 25444 AA. The LPQMDC part number is
3BK 27355 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.
For tools to be used for RF cables tightening refer to Tools Catalogue,
reference 3BK 20458 0001 RJZZA.
The following table gives the torque values to be used when tightening
RF cables and LPQM/LPQMDC.

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

7/16 25

LPQM/LPQMDC 35

Table 8: Torque Values for RF Cables

Impact on System All telecommunications resources for the concerned sector


are lost when RA is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove the Remove a LPQM/LPQMDC:


LPQM/LPQMDC 1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, disable the RAn SBL, where n corresponds to the
concerned sector.
4. Inside the cabinet disconnect the RF cable from the LPQM/LPQMDC
5. If neccessarry, open the plinth front cover and /or the plate on the bottom of
the cabinet to acces the antenna jumpers
6. Disconnect the antenna jumpers from the LPQM/LPQMDC
7. Remove the nut fixing the LPQM/LPQMDC to the bottom plate and remove
the LPQM/LPQMDC.
Replace the Relpace a LPQM/LPQMDC:
LPQM/LPQMDC 1. Install the new LPQM/LPQMDC in the right position
2. Fix the LPQM/LPQMDC with the provided nut
3. Connect the antenna jumpers to the LPQM/LPQMDC
4. Inside the cabinet connect the RF cable to the LPQM/LPQMDC

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 141 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

5. If neccessarry, close the plinth front cover and /or the plate on the bottom
of the cabinet
6. Using the BTS NEM, enable the RAn SBL, where n corresponds to the
concerned sector.
7. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
8. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.46 Replace OUTC


The OUTC RIT part number is 3BK 25526 AA.
Help: The OUTC is located on the right side of the Side Compartment / MBO1.
The part number is available on a white label on OUTC printed board
as shown in the following figure.

Figure 42: OUTC Label

Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver (M4)

A BTS NEM with an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable to


connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM board (use RS-232 adapter
if needed) or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of
the SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel
of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Remove OUTC Remove an OUTC RIT:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).

142 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. If BTS is equipped with PM18, from the Tree View, select Remote Inventory
"Power Supply - ACPM" tab, right click on ACRI_BCB RIT and select
Edit power timers.
Write down the current values from the "Modify Base Station Power Time
Values" window, then set all to ’0’.
Check that ’Apply RI Changes’ is selected and click on [ OK ].
4. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
5. After all BTS_TEL SBLs are OPR disable RA (for all sectors).
6. Disable the EACB 1 SBL followed by disable BTS_OM.
7. From the BTS NEM open the "Hardware Assistant" window, following the
menupath:
Configuration -> Hardware Assistant
The"Hardware Assistant" window opens.
8. Click on the [ Replace RIT(keep user data) ] button.
The "Replace RIT(keep user data)" window opens.
A message asking for OUTC replacement confirmation is displayed. Click
on [ OK ] in order to acknowledge it.
The "Replace RIT(keep user data)" window opens asking to change the
RIT is displayed. You have to acknowledge this dialogue box once the
replacement is completed.
Note: If the Failed to retrieve RI data. message is displayed, the
replace OUTC scenario is aborted.
Please contact Alcatel-Lucent System Support.
9. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
10. Disconnect all cables from the OUTC beginning from top to bottom. Write
down the cable positions in order to reconnect them in the same position.
First disconnect the power cable from the top of the OUTC.
11. Remove the TORX screws securing the OUTC and then remove the board.

Replace OUTC Replace an OUTC RIT:


1. Install the new OUTC board and secure it with the TORX screws.
2. Reconnect all the cables to the OUTC beginning from the bottom. The last
cable is the power cable.
3. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
4. Acknowledge the OUTC replacement in the dialogue box.
Note: If the Failed to restore RI data. message is displayed, the
replace OUTC scenario is aborted.
Please contact Alcatel-Lucent System Support.
5. Wait for the Replace RIT (keep user data) result: success
message to appear and click on [ OK ].
6. Close the "Hardware Assistant" window.
7. If BTS is equipped with PM18, from the Tree View, select Remote Inventory
"Power Supply - ACPM" tab, right click on ACRI_BCB RIT and select Edit

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 143 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

power timers. Set back the values for the ACRI_BCB RIT to the ones
noted in step 3 of Remove OUTC.
Check that ’Apply RI Changes’ is selected and click on [ OK ].
8. Init BTS_OM SBL.
9. Restore the BTS hardware view and take into account the changes, reset
OMU (SUMA/SUMP/SUMX) and wait for All monitorings are active!
message to be displayed in the status box.
10. Using the BTS NEM, if not already in traffic, init EACB 1 and then the RAs.
11. When RAs are in traffic init BTS_TEL SBLs.
12. Use the BTS NEM and check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
13. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
14. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.47 Replace PCM Overvoltage Protection


The PCM Overvoltage Protection RIT part number is 1 AB 04559 0017.
Tools and Materials None.
Impact on System None.

Replace RIT Replace the PCM Overvoltage Protection:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Remove the Overvoltage Protection block from the Connection Area board
or OUTC.
The Connection Area board or OUTC is located on the right side wall of the
Side Compartment or MBO1. The Overvoltage Protection block is located at
the left side of the Connection Area board or OUTC.
3. Plug the new Overvoltage Protection block into the Connection Area board
or OUTC.
4. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.48 Replace PM08


The PM08 RIT part number is 3BK 06783 BB.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

144 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

To replace a PM08 RIT, you must:


Remove the existing RIT

Replace it with the new RIT

Check the status of the new RIT and update the remove inventory.

Remove PM08 Remove a PM08 RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
3. Disconnect the power cable on the front panel of the faulty PM08.
4. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the PM08.
5. Carefully disengage the PM08 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM08.

Replace PM08 Replace a PM08 RIT:


1. Push the replacement PM08 fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the PM08.
3. Reconnect the power cable to the front panel of the PM08 and verify that the
green On LED on the front panel is ON.
4. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.

Check Status and To check the status and update the remote inventory:
Update RI 1. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU1 repeatedly until
the Rectif status is displayed and verify that the status of the PM08s are
’Y Y Y Y Y’.
The following character designations are used:

Y - indicates that the PM08 in the corresponding slot is serviceable

F - indicates that the PM08 is unserviceable and needs replacing

N - indicates that the slot is not used.

2. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU1 repeatedly until the
Alarm status is displayed and verify that the status of the PM08s is ’- - - - -’.
A ’-’ in any display position indicates that the PM08 in the corresponding slot
is not in an alarm condition. Any other character in the display indicates
an alarm condition.
3. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
4. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
5. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
6. Disconnect the BTS NEM.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 145 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

7. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.49 Replace PM11


The PM11 RIT part number is 3BK 08713 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small crosshead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
You can replace either a single PM11 (go to Replace a Single PM11 (Section
3.49.1) ) or all the PM11s (go to Replace All PM11s (Section 3.49.2) ).

3.49.1 Replace a Single PM11


When you replace a single PM11, you:
Remove and replace the RIT

Check the status of the RIT and update the remote inventory.

Replace Single PM11 Replace a single PM11 RIT in a cabinet:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of the PM11 to be replaced.
3. Carefully disengage the PM11 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM11.

4. Push the replacement PM11 fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
5. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of the PM11.
6. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of the PM11 is ON.

146 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Check Status and To check the status of the RIT and update the remote inventory:
Update RI 1. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
power module status is displayed. Verify that the status is "PM Y Y Y Y".
The following character designations are used:

Y - indicates that the PM11 in the corresponding slot is serviceable

F - indicates that the PM11 is unserviceable and needs replacing

N - indicates that the slot is not used.

2. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
Alarm status is displayed. Verify that the alarm status is ’ALM’.
Any other character in the display, for instance ’ALM M’, indicates an alarm
condition. The following character designations are used:

M - indicates a mains failure

B - indicates a battery malfunction

R - indicates a PM11 failure

V - indicates an out-of-range voltage.

3. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
4. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
5. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
6. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
7. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3.49.2 Replace All PM11s


When you replace all the PM11s, you:

Remove and replace the RITs


Check their status and update the remote inventory.

Replace all PM11s Replace all PM11 RITs in a cabinet:


1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Ensure that the circuit breakers F1 and F2 on the front panel of the BAC2
are ON (up).
3. Press the Function button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
battery current IB is displayed. Verify that the battery current is about 3 A.
(Then the battery has reached about 80 % of its charging capacity).
If the battery current is considerably higher than 3 A you have to wait until
the battery has reached a higher percentage of its charging capacity.
4. Switch OFF (down) the circuit breakers F3, F4 and F5 on the front panel
of the ACSP.
5. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of one of the PM11s.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 147 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

6. Carefully disengage the PM11 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM11.

7. Push the replacement PM11 fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
8. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of the PM11.
9. For each of the other three PM11s, repeat Steps 5 to 8.
10. Switch ON (up) the circuit breakers F3, F4 and F5 on the front panel
of the ACSP.
11. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of each of the PM11s is ON.

Check Status and To check the status of the RITs and update the remote inventory:
Update RI 1. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
power module status is displayed. Verify that the status is ’PM Y Y Y Y’.
The following character designations are used:
Y - indicates that the PM11 in the corresponding slot is serviceable

F - indicates that the PM11 is unserviceable and needs replacing

N - indicates that the slot is not used.

2. Press the Status button on the front panel of the BCU2 repeatedly until the
Alarm status is displayed. Verify that the alarm status is ’ALM’.
Any other character in the display, for instance "ALM M", indicates an alarm
condition. The following character designations are used:

M - indicates a mains failure


B - indicates a battery malfunction

R - indicates a PM11 failure

V - indicates an out-of-range voltage.

3. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
4. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
5. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
6. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
7. Close the front doors of the BTS.

148 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.50 Replace PM12


The PM12 RIT part numbers are 3BK 25024 AA for the module with input
voltage 187V...264V and 3BK 25024 AB for the module with extended input
voltage 150V...280V.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver (outdoor cabinet only)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
When you replace a PM12, you:

Remove and replace the RIT

Update the remote inventory.

Replace PM12 Replace a single PM12 RIT in a cabinet:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the front panel of the PM12 to
be replaced.
3. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of the PM12.
4. Carefully disengage the PM12 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM12.

5. Push the replacement PM12 fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
6. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of the PM12.
7. Connect the cable to the connector on the front panel of the new PM12.
8. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of the PM12 is ON.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 149 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Update RI The update the remote inventory:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
2. In the BTS NEM tree view, click on Remote Inventory, select Power
Supply - ACPM tab. Right click on the line corresponding to the newly
added module and click on Edit RI to update the remote inventory with
the following information:

Commissioning (current installation) date

Network identity

Logical site name.

3. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option and click on [ OK ].


4. Right click again on the same line and select Edit power timers to update
PM12 Power down timers.
5. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option and click on [ OK ].
6. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
7. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.51 Add PM12


The PM12 RIT part numbers are 3BK 25024 AA for the module with input
voltage 187V...264V and 3BK 25024 AB for the module with extended input
voltage 150V...280V.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver


A TORX screwdriver (outdoor cabinet only)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
When you add a PM12, you:

Insert the RIT


Update the remote inventory.

Add PM12 To add a PM12 RIT in a cabinet:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Push the new PM12 fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins and sockets
are correctly aligned.

150 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM12.

3. Tighten the retaining screws on the front panel of the new PM12.
4. Connect the cable to the connector on the front panel of the new PM12.
5. Verify that the green On LED on the front panel of the PM12 is ON.

Update RI The update the remote inventory:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
2. In the BTS NEM tree view, click on Remote Inventory, select Power
Supply - ACPM tab. Right click on the line corresponding to the newly
added module and click on Edit RI to update the remote inventory with
the following information:

Commissioning (current installation) date

Network identity

Logical site name.

3. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option and click on [ OK ].


4. Right click again on the same line and select Edit power timers to update
PM12 Power down timers.
5. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option and click on [ OK ].
6. Select the Additional Modules tab and double click on the BTS-BCB RIT
to update the remote inventory with the new ’No of Pm12 Modules’ from
the BTS Info tab.
7. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option and click on [ OK ].
8. From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu bar, select:
Configuration -> Reload BTS Data.Wait for the message All
monitorings are active! to be displayed in the status box.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.52 Remove PM12


The PM12 RIT part numbers are 3BK 25024 AA for the module with input
voltage 187V...264V and 3BK 25024 AB for the module with extended input
voltage 150V...280V.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver


A TORX screwdriver (outdoor cabinet only)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 151 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Update RI To update the remote inventory:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
2. In the BTS NEM tree view, click on Remote Inventory, select ’Manufacturing
part’ tab, double click on the BTS-BCB RIT to update the remote inventory
with the new ’No of Pm12 Modules’ from the ’BTS Info’ tab.
3. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option and click on [ OK ].

Remove PM12 4. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
5. Disconnect the cable from the connector on the front panel of the PM12 to
be removed.
6. Loosen the retaining screws on the front panel of the PM12.
7. Carefully disengage the PM12 from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.
8. In order to update the list of PM12 modules, from BTS NEM tree view, click
on Hardware modules, right click on BTS-BCB RIT, click on ’Restart ’ from
the pop-up menu. Wait for the message All monitorings are active!
to be displayed in the status box.
9. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
10. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.53 Replace PM18


The PM18 RIT part numbers are:

3BK 27199 for PM18 Subrack


3BK 27200 for PM18 Rectifier

3BK 27201 for PM18 Controller

Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver (outdoor cabinet only)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.


Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
When you replace a PM18, you have to:

Remove and replace the RIT

152 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Update the remote inventory.

3.53.1 Replace PM18 Subrack


3.53.1.1 Remove PM18 Subrack
Replace a PM18 subrack RIT:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF all breakers on ACDUE panel.
3. Switch OFF the battery breaker.
4. Remove the PM18 rectifiers from the subrack. (Refer toReplace PM18
Rectifier (Section 3.53.2) ).
5. Remove the PM18 controller from the subrack. (Refer to Replace PM18
Controller (Section 3.53.3) ).
6. Disconnect the AC input power cables from ACDUE panel.
7. Disconnect the battery cables from BATT+ and BATT- poles.
8. Disconnect the DC output power cables from OUT+ and OUT- poles.
9. If necessary, remove the heater and heater fixing plate in front of the PM18
subrack
10. Loosen the screws fixing the PM18 subrack and remove the subrack.

3.53.1.2 Replace the PM18 Subrack


Replace the PM18 subrack:
1. Insert the PM18 subrack and tighten the fixing screws
2. If the heater and heater fixing plate were removed, install it back to original
position
3. Connect the AC input power cables to ACDUE panel.
4. Cconnect the battery cables to BATT+ and BATT- poles.
5. Connect the DC output power cables to OUT+ and OUT- poles.
6. Insert the PM18 controller in the subrack. (Refer to Replace PM18 Controller
(Section 3.53.3) ).
7. Inset the PM18 rectifiers in the subrack. (Refer toReplace PM18 Rectifier
(Section 3.53.2) ).
8. Switch ON all breakers on ACDUE panel.
9. Switch ON the battery breaker.

3.53.2 Replace PM18 Rectifier


Replace a PM18 rectifier RIT:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Identify the faulty module by the LEDs status as follows:

For PM18R from Cherokee one of the AC OK and DC OK green LEDs is


OFF or one of the OVP and OTP red LEDs is ON

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 153 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

For PM18R from H+S the Fault red LED is ON

3. Set the PM18 rectifier handle to OPEN position.


4. Carefully disengage the PM18 rectifier from the backplane and fully withdraw
it from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the PM18 rectifier.

5. Push the replacement PM18 rectifier fully into the empty slot, ensuring that
pins and sockets are correctly aligned.
6. Set the PM18 rectifier handle to CLOSE position.
7. Check that the green LED on the front panel of the PM18 rectifier is ON.

3.53.3 Replace PM18 Controller


Remove a PM18 Controller RIT:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Loosen the retaining screw on the front panel of the PM18 controller.
3. Disconnect the XBCB cable from the front panel of the PM18 controller.
4. Disconnect the RS-232 cable from the front panel of the PM18 controller.
5. Carefully disengage the PM18 controllerr from the backplane and fully
withdraw it from the slot.
6. Push the replacement PM18 rectifier fully into the empty slot, ensuring that
pins and sockets are correctly aligned.
7. Tighten the retaining screw on the front panel of the PM18 controller.
8. Connect the XBCB cable to the front panel of the PM18 controller.
9. Connect the RS-232 cable to the front panel of the PM18 controller.
10. Check that the green LED on the front panel of the PM18 controller is ON.

3.53.4 Update RI and Settings on PM18C


The update the remote inventory:
1. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
2. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory file with the following
information:
Commissioning (current installation) date

Network identity

Logical site name

PM18 Power down timers.

3. Using the BTS NEM, update the PM18C settings with following information:

Cell voltage, if different than default value


Maximum charging current

154 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Number of equipped PM18R modules

4. Using the BTS NEM, download the remote inventory file to the PM18 in
the BTS.
5. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
6. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.54 Replace Range Extension Kit


The range extension kit includes the Masthead Amplification Box (MAB) and
the Power Distribution Unit (PDU). The part numbers are 3BK 08848 AAAA
(MAB 900) and 3BK 08850 AAAA (PDU).
Tools and Materials You must have:

A set of Allen keys

A wrench (M6)

Vinyl plastic electrical tape (for MAB; part of the installation kit for MAB:
3BK 08840 AAAA)

A small crosshead insulated screwdriver

A small flathead screwdriver


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Replace the Range Extension Kit:
First, replace the Mast Amplification Box; use Replace Mast Amplification
Box (Section 3.54.1)

Then replace the power distribution unit; use Replace Power Distribution
Unit (Section 3.54.2).

3.54.1 Replace Mast Amplification Box


Disconnect MAB Disconnect the MAB:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Locate the MAB to be replaced and its associated PDU.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 155 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

5. Disconnect the power cable at the PDU.


6. Remove the vinyl plastic electrical tape at both RF connectors and
disconnect both RF jumper cables at the MAB, carefully noting down their
positions for reconnection.
7. Disconnect the ground cable which is fixed at the ground rod of the MAB.
Replace MAB Replace the Mast Amplification Box:
1. Secure the MAB, loosen the screws of the fixation band and remove the
MAB.
2. Old and new MAB: Unscrew the four screws on the ’RX and TX gain settings’
cover placed at the bottom of the MABs.
3. Adjust the attenuation settings (TX and RX) of the new MAB to the values
used in the old MAB.
4. After completing TX and RX attenuation setting, replace the gasket and the
cover on the bottom of the MABs.
Make sure that the gasket is placed correctly (you can see the gasket along
all cover edges) so the hole is sealed completely.
5. Disconnect the fixation band from the old MAB and install it on the new one.
6. Put the new MAB and the fixation band in their installation position, secure it
and tighten up the retaining screws of the fixation band.
7. Reconnect the RF cables and the ground cable as noted down earlier. Use
the vinyl plastic electrical tape to cover the RF connectors.
8. Reconnect the power supply cable to the front panel of the PDU.

Alarm Indication
The power cable must not be connected to the PDU before a complete
installation of all other cables has been set correctly!
Otherwise alarm reports will appear and one or more red LEDs are activated.
Then resetting the PDU is required. Resetting can be carried out by pressing
the ’TRX 1 RESET’ and ’TRX 2 RESET’ buttons with a pencil.

9. Check that there are no red LEDs on the PDU.

Update RI To update the remote inventory:


1. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
2. Using the BTS NEM, initialize (unlock) BTS_TEL. Then check that there are
no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
3. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
4. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.
5. Go to 3.54.2 to replace the power distribution unit.

156 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.54.2 Replace Power Distribution Unit


Replace PDU Replace the power distribution unit:
1. If necessary, open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close
9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Locate the PDU to be replaced and disconnect the power supply cable.
5. Disconnect the alarm cable and all RF cables at the PDU, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection. Then disconnect the ground cable which is
fixed at the ground rod of the PDU.
6. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the PDU
and carefully withdraw the PDU from the slot.
7. Push the replacement PDU fully into the empty slot and tighten the
quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the PDU.
8. Reconnect the ground cable and then the alarm cable and all RF cables to
the front panel of the PDU as noted down earlier.
9. Reconnect the power supply cable to the front panel of the PDU.

Alarm Indication
The power cable must not be connected to the PDU before a complete
installation of all other cables have been set correctly!
Otherwise alarm reports will appear and one or more red LEDs are activated.
Then resetting the PDU is required. Resetting can be carried out by pressing
the ’TRX 1 RESET’ and ’TRX 2 RESET’ buttons with a pencil.

10. Check that there are no red LEDs at the PDU.

Update RI To update the remote inventory:


1. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
2. Using the BTS NEM, initialize (unlock) BTS_TEL. Then check that there are
no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
3. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
4. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 157 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.55 Replace/Test 9100 BTS Residual Current Device


The Residual Current Device (F1) RIT part numbers are 1AB 14265 0001
or 1AB 14265 0005.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small crosshead insulated screwdriver

A medium flathead screwdriver


A TORX screwdriver (M3).

Impact on System None.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to
equipment may result if the correct tools and precautions are not used during
this procedure.
A certified electrician or equivalent is required to carry out this procedure.

To replace the 9100 BTS residual current device, go to Replace 9100 BTS
Residual Current Device (Section 3.55.1), below. To test the residual current
device, go to Test 9100 BTS Residual Current Device (Section 3.55.2).

3.55.1 Replace 9100 BTS Residual Current Device


Procedure Replace the Residual Current Device:
1. Open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF (down) the Fi circuit breaker on the front panel.

Equipment Shock Hazard


Possible death or serious physical harm to personnel and damage to equipment
may result if the power to the equipment is not removed.
Switch off the AC power supply to the BTS cabinet before replacing the
Residual Current Device.

3. Switch OFF the AC power supply to the BTS cabinet.


4. For the ACSB/ACSU/ACMU, loosen the four retaining screws on the front of
the ACSB/ACSU/ACMU and carefully remove the cover.
For the ACSP, remove the cover if it is equipped.
5. Loosen the screw terminals at the top and bottom of the Residual Current
Device and carefully pull out the connecting wires. Be careful to keep these
wires out of contact with any metal parts in the area.
On the ACSB/ACMU, the Residual Current Device is the first block from
the left in the block of circuit breakers

On the ACSP or ACSU (versions AA or AB), the Residual Current Device


is the first block from the right in the block of circuit breakers.

The Residual Current Device is designated ’F1’.


6. Pull out the Residual Current Device and insert the replacement unit.

158 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

7. Carefully replace the wires removed in Step 5 and tighten the screw
terminals.
8. For the ACSB/ACSU/ACMU, replace the ACSB/ACSUACMU cover and
tighten the retaining screws.
For the ACSP, replace the ACSP cover if there was one.
9. Switch ON the AC power supply to the BTS cabinet.
10. Switch ON (up) the Fi circuit breaker on the front panel of the ACSB, ACSP,
ACSU, or ACMU.
11. Go to 3.55.2 to test the Residual Current Device.

3.55.2 Test 9100 BTS Residual Current Device


Procedure To test the Residual Current Device:
1. If necessary, open the front doors of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close
9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Check that the Fi circuit breaker on the front panel of the ACSB, ACSP,
ACSU, or ACMU is ON (up).
3. Press the Residual Current Device Test button and check that the Fi circuit
breaker goes OFF (down). If it does, go directly to Step 5. Otherwise,
continue to the next step.
On the ACSB/ACMU, the Residual Current Device is the first block from
the left in the block of circuit breakers

On the ACSP or ACSU (versions AA or AB), the Residual Current Device


is the first block from the right in the block of circuit breakers.

The Residual Current Device is designated ’F1’.


4. Press the Residual Current Device Test button once more and check that
the Fi circuit breaker goes OFF (down). If it does, go directly to Step 5.
Otherwise, the Residual Current Device must be replaced. Go to 3.55.1.
5. Reset the Fi circuit breaker to the ON (up) position.
6. Close the front doors of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 159 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.56 Replace CBIE/CBOE Cooling System Filter


The CBO Evolution Cooling System Filter RIT part number is 3BK 28397 AA.
The CBI Evolution Cooling System Filter RIT part number is 3BK 28980 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A key for M5 nuts

A socket screwdriver.
A TORX security bit should be available in the cabinet.

Impact on System The CBIE/CBOE Cooling System Filter can be replaced


by hot-swapping (no power supply switched OFF), and there is no loss of
telecommunications resources.

Remove Cooling System To remove the cooling system filter:


Filter 1. Identify the cooling system air inlet on the right side of the cabinet.
2. Loosen the screws fixing the filter cover then remove the screws, washers
and filter cover.
3. Loosen the nuts fixing the air filter to the cabinet side panel then remove
the nuts, washers and the filter.

Take into account the instructions marked on the inlet filter regarding the
airflow direction and filter handling.

Replace Cooling To replace the cooling system filter:


SystemFilter 1. Place the replacement filter into correct position.
2. Tighten the nuts and washers to fix the filter to the cabinet side panel.
3. Install the filter cover into position then tighten the screws and washers.

3.57 Replace CBIE/CBOE System Fan Tray


The CBIE/CBOE System Fan Tray RIT part number is 3BK 28396 AC.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium flathead screwdriver

A TORX screwdriver

A BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable to


connect it to the MMI port. The MMI port is located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System The system cooling fan can be replaced by hot-swapping


(no power supply switched OFF), and there is no loss of telecommunications
resources.
To replace the system fan tray:

160 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Switch OFF the DAC breaker on the power supply subrack or on the power
distribution unit.
3. Locate the faulty system fan tray above the upper subrack.
4. Loosen the screws then unplug the cable in front of the fan tray.
5. Loosen four screws fixing the fan.
6. Remove the fan tray.
7. Fit the replacement fan tray into final position.
8. Tighten the four screws to fix the fan tray to the rack.
9. Connect the cable at the front of the fan tray and tighten the screws.
10. Switch ON the DAC breaker on the power supply subrack or on the power
distribution unit.
11. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.58 Replace CBIE/CBOE Fan Tray


The CBIE/CBOE fan tray RIT part number is 3BK 28394 AB.
Tools and Materials You must have a BTS NEM and an RS-232 asynchronous
communication link cable to connect it to the MMI port. The MMI port is
located on the front panel of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for
information on how to use the BTS NEM.
Impact on System The CBIE/CBOE fan tray can be replaced by hot-swapping
(no power supply switched OFF), and there is no loss of telecommunications
resources.
To replace a fan tray RIT in CBIE/CBOE:
1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the subrack.
3. Using the BTS NEM, disable the CCF1 SBL.
4. Locate the faulty fan tray at the bottom of the appropriate subrack. Loosen
the screws at the lower part of the fan unit to release the fan tray, then pull it
out from the backplane.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the fan tray.

5. Push the replacement fan tray fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
6. Tighten the screws used for fan tray fixation.
7. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the FACB remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
8. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the CCF1 SBL.
9. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 161 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

10. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


11. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.59 Replace CBIE/CBOE Rectifier


The CBIE/CBOE Rectifier part number is 3BK 28967 AAAA.
Tools and Materials You must have a medium crosshead screwdriver.
Impact on System None.
When you replace a power supply, you have to:

Remove and replace the RIT

Update the remote inventory.

To replace a rectifier RIT:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Identify the faulty module by the red LEDs status which must be ON.
3. Loosen the screw at the lower part of the rectifier.
4. Carefully disengage the rectifier from the backplane and fully withdraw it
from the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the rectifier.

5. Push the replacement rectifier fully into the empty slot, ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
6. Tighten the screw at the lower part of the rectifier.
7. Check that the green LED on the front panel of the rectifier is ON.

3.60 Replace Service Light


Use the procedures in this section to:

Replace the service light unit in MBO Evolution Cabinets (go to 3.60.1)

Replace the service light lamp in MBO Cabinets (go to 3.60.2)


Replace the service light lamp in other cabinets (go to 3.60.3 ).

162 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.60.1 Replace Service Light Unit in MBO Evolution Cabinets


The service light RIT part number is 3BK 25860 xxxx for the AC variant and
3BK 26620 xxxx for the DC variant.
Tools and Materials You must have:

An open ended key 8 mm


A medium flathead screwdriver.

Impact on System None.


In case of AC variant, the procedure applies for the following cases:

Replace service light variant 3BK 25860 ACxx by a similar one

Replace service light variant 3BK 25860 AExx by a similar one.

Remove Service Light Remove the service light unit:


Unit 1. Open the front door(s) of the MBO Evolution. (Refer to Open and Close
9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Locate the service light in the MBO1E compartment. The service light is
mounted inside MBO1E compartment above the door opening.
3. Switch OFF the power switch on the service light unit.
4. Switch OFF the F1 breaker on power distribution unit.
5. Loosen the retaining screw of the power distribution unit cover.
6. Remove the power distribution unit cover.
7. Disconnect the service light power cable.
8. Detach the service light unit.

Insert Service Light Unit Insert the new Service Light unit:
1. Replace the appropriate unit with a new one.
2. Connect the service light power cable to the power distribution unit.
3. Fit the power distribution unit cover.
4. Tighten the screw to fix the power distribution unit cover.
5. Switch ON the F1 breaker on power distribution unit.
6. Switch ON the service light switch and check that the new lamp illuminates.
7. Switch OFF the service light switch before leaving.
8. Close the front door(s) of the MBO Evolution.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 163 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.60.2 Replace Service Light Lamp Unit in MBO Cabinets


The service light RIT part number is 3BK 25860 xxxx for the AC variant and
3BK 26620 xxxx for the DC variant.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A medium crosshead screwdriver


A medium flathead screwdriver.

Impact on System None.

Remove Service Light Remove the service light lamp:


Lamp 1. Open the front door(s) of the MBO. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Locate the service light in the appropriate compartment. A service light is
mounted inside each compartment above the door opening.
3. Switch OFF the power switch on the service light unit.
4. Loosen the retaining screw of the service light cover on the side where the
light power cable comes in.
5. Disconnect the service light power cable.
6. Loosen the two retaining screws of the service light and remove the
service light.
7. Loosen the retaining screw of the service light transparent cover in the
middle of the service light.
8. Squeeze the two sides of the lamp transparent cover together gently and pull
off the cover by turning it sideways.

Insert Service Light Insert the new Service Light Lamp:


Lamp 1. Replace the appropriate lamp with a new one.
2. Replace the service lamp transparent cover.
3. Tighten the cover retaining screw.
4. Replace the service light in the cabinet and tighten the two retaining screws.
5. Replace the power cover and tighten its retaining screw.
6. Reconnect the service light power cable.
7. Switch ON the service light switch and check that the new lamp illuminates.
8. Close the front door(s) of the MBO/MBO Evolution.

164 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.60.3 Replace Service Light Lamp in other Cabinets


The service light RIT part number is 3DM 10275 NOMO.
Tools and Materials None.
Impact on System None.

Procedure Replace the service light lamp:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS or external outdoor battery cabinet. (Refer
to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Locate the service light in the appropriate compartment. A service light is
mounted inside each compartment above the door opening.
3. Switch OFF the power switch on the service light unit.
4. Squeeze the two sides of the lamp holder cover together gently and pull
off the cover.
5. Replace the appropriate lamp with a new one.
6. Replace the lamp holder cover.
7. Switch ON the service light switch and check that the new lamp illuminates.
8. Close the front door(s) of the cabinet.

3.61 Replace/Test 9100 BTS Smoke Detector


The smoke detector RIT part number is ES 1362 S51 or 3BK 27274 AAxx.
Tools and Materials You must have:

Esser Smoke Detector Test Equipment, Type 769870

An Esser Test Aerosol, Type 769070 (for testing)

An Esser Smoke Detector (for replacement).

Impact on System None.


To replace the 9100 BTS smoke detector, go to:

Replace Smoke Detector Version 3BK 27274 AAAA (Section 3.61.1.1) for
smoke detector version 3BK 27274 AAAA

Replace Smoke Detector Version 3BK 27274 AAAB (Section 3.61.1.2) for
smoke detector version 3BK 27274 AAAB.

To test the smoke detector, go to Test 9100 BTS Smoke Detector (Section
3.61.2).

3.61.1 Replace 9100 BTS Smoke Detector


3.61.1.1 Replace Smoke Detector Version 3BK 27274 AAAA
Procedure Replace the smoke detector:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS or the external outdoor battery cabinet.
(Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more
information).
2. Twist the smoke detector counter-clockwise and withdraw it downwards.
The smoke detector is located inside the roof of the BTS compartment 1

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 165 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

(COMI/COME/CODI/CODE/CPT2) and the MBO1 or on the upper right


side wall of the external outdoor battery cabinet.
3. Insert the replacement smoke detector and twist it clockwise and then
perform the procedure described in 3.61.2 to test it.
3.61.1.2 Replace Smoke Detector Version 3BK 27274 AAAB
Procedure Replace the smoke detector:
1. Open the front door(s) of the MBO1E. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Open the smoke detector cover. The smoke detector is located on the upper
right side wall of MBO1 cabinet.
3. Identify the connection terminal.
4. Write down the position of each cable on the connection terminal.
5. Disconnect the cables from the connection terminal.
6. Loosen the screws used for smoke detector fixation then remove the smoke
detector.
7. Replace the smoke detector by a new one and fix it with the screws.
8. Connect the cables to the connection terminal as noticed in step 4.
9. Close the smoke detector cover then perform the procedure described
in 3.61.2 to test it.

3.61.2 Test 9100 BTS Smoke Detector


Procedure To test the smoke detector:
1. If necessary, open the front door(s) of the BTS or external outdoor battery
cabinet. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for
more information).
2. Direct the nozzle of the test aerosol towards the smoke detector and press
the nozzle for three seconds. The smoke detector is located inside the roof
of the BTS compartment 1 (COMI/COME/CODI/CODE/CPT2) and the
MBO1 or on the upper right side wall of the external outdoor battery cabinet.
3. If the red LED on the detector illuminates within a period of 15 seconds, go
directly to Step 5. If the LED fails to illuminate after 15 seconds, repeat Step
2 and then go to Step 4.
4. If the red LED illuminates within a period of 15 seconds, go directly to Step
5. If the LED still fails to illuminate, replace the smoke detector according to
the procedure in 3.61.1 and then restart this test procedure.
If the LED fails to illuminate once more, an electrical fault is indicated.
Report the fault to the next level of support.
5. Close the front door(s) of the cabinet.

166 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.62 Replace SUMP, SUMA, SUMX

Use this procedure to replace faulty SUMx modules by similar ones. In case of
GPS receiver or GNC board replacement, use this procedure to unplug/plug
the SUMX board.
To replace SUMx modules by new ones with different capabilities, refer
to Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules (3BK 17438
0803 RJZZA).

There are three Station Unit Modules:

The SUMP RIT part number is 3BK 07224 AA or AC

The SUMA RIT part number is 3BK 08925 AA or 3BK 08925 DA (inclusive
GPS receiver)
The SUMX RIT part number is 3BK 27656 CAxx or 3BK 27656 CBxx.

Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable


(use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS
Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMA/SUMP/SUMX board or an Ethernet
cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX board. The
MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS
NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace a SUMP, SUMA or SUMX RIT, you:

Shut down the BTS


Replace the RIT

Reconnect the cables and update settings

Restart the BTS.

Shut Down BTS Shut down the BTS as follows:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX
in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, display the following information and write it down for
use later in the procedure:

All SBL states

All outstanding alarms

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 167 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

SUMP/SUMA/SUMX Q1 address

4. Using the BTS NEM, upload the BTS transmission settings from the BTS.
5. For IP BTS, perform Backup IP Parameters .
6. Use the BTS NEM to disable the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 6
sectors, as applicable). Enter a WTC = 3 minutes for each cell to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS.
Note: To perform this action Monitor BTS_TEL & BTS_OM must be
selected.
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are OPR before continuing
to the next step.
7. Use the BTS NEM to disable the RAx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 6 sectors,
as applicable).
Ensure that all the RAx SBLs for each cell are OPR before replacing the
SUMP, SUMA or SUMX.

Replace Replace a SUMP/SUMA/SUMX RIT:


SUMP/SUMA/SUMX 1. Disconnect the Abis cable on the front panel of the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX and
then the BTS Connection Area flat cable and the BTS NEM cable.
2. Disconnect the Ethernet cable (3BK 25970 ABxx), from the TRANS1 port
of the SUMX board, if the BTS is in IP mode.
3. If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, disconnect the GPS cable on the
front panel of the SUMX.
4. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
5. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the
SUMP/SUMA.
6. Carefully disengage the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX from the backplane and fully
withdraw it from the slot.
Note: In case of SUMX replacement, if the SUMX has a GPS receiver
installed, remove the module from the faulty board and install it
on the new board. In case of GPS receiver replacement, remove
the faulty module from the SUMX and install the new one. Refer
to Replace GPS Receiver (Section 3.31) for details about GPS
receiver replacement.
In case of SUMX replacement, if the SUMX has a GSM New Class
(GNC) optional board installed, remove the GNC board from the
faulty board and install it on the new board. In case of GNC board
replacement, remove the faulty board from the SUMX and install the
new one. Refer to Replace GNC Board (Section 3.30) for details
about GNC board replacement.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX.

7. Push the replacement SUMP/SUMA/SUMX fully into the empty slot ensuring
that pins and sockets are correctly aligned.
8. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the
SUMP/SUMA/SUMX.
9. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.

168 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Reconnect Now you reconnect the cables and update the settings as follows:
Cables/Update Settings 1. Reconnect the BTS NEM cable to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the front
panel of the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX. Do NOT reconnect the other cables to
the front panel at this time.
2. Use the BTS NEM to set the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX Q1 address as noted in
Step 3 of ’Shut Down BTS’.
3. Using the BTS NEM, download to the BTS the transmission settings from
the file uploaded earlier.
4. Use the BTS NEM to Restore IP Parameters for IP BTS.
5. Reconnect the BTS Connection Area Flat cable to the front panel of the
SUMP/SUMA/SUMX.
6. Reconnect the Abis cable to the front panel of the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX if
the BTS is in TDM mode.
7. Reconnect the Ethernet cable (3BK 25970 ABxx),from the back panel ETH1
port of the Ethernet Adapter Board to the TRANS1 port of the SUMX
board, if the BTS is in IP mode.
8. If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, connect the GPS cable on the front
panel of the SUMX.
9. Wait for the OMU/OMTr LED on the front panel of the SUMP/SUMA/SUMX
to start flashing (after 5 to 10 minutes), and then stop flashing (when the
software has been downloaded).

Restart BTS Restart the BTS:


1. If RA SBLs are not IT, use the BTS NEM to initialize the RAx SBLs for each
cell (x = 1 to 6 sectors, as applicable).
Ensure that all the RAx SBLs are IT before continuing to the next step.
2. Use the BTS NEM to initialize the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to
6 sectors, as applicable).
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are IT before continuing to
the next step.
3. Using the BTS NEM, display the states of all the SBLs and all the
outstanding alarms and ensure they are the same as those noted in Step 3
of ’Shut Down BTS’.
4. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory on the new
SUMP/SUMA/SUMX with the following information:
Commissioning (installation) date

Network identity

Logical site name.

5. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


6. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.63 Replace D2U


For information about the D2U replacement procedure, refer to the
NN-20500-204 - Alcatel-Lucent 9326 Digital 2U Node B Maintenance Guide, to
Replacing the pre-cabled 9326 d2U V2 rack.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 169 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.64 Replace Tower Mounted Amplifier


The Tower Mounted Amplifier includes a masthead amplifier module (TMA), a
BIAS T module and a Power Distribution Unit (PDU).
The part number of the PDU is 3BK08456 AAAA (wall installation) or 3BK
08456 ABAA (19" adaptation). The part numbers of TMA are as follows.

TMA Part number

GSM 900 3BK 08451 AAAA

GSM 1800 3BK 08497 AAAA


3BK 08497 BAAA
3BK 08497 CAAA
3BK 08497 DAAB

GSM 1900 3BK 08498 AAAA


3BK 08498 BAAA

Table 9: TMA Part Numbers

Tools and Materials You must have:


A set of Allen keys

A wrench (M6)

Insulating tape (1AC 01595 0001) and vinyl adhesive tape (1AC 01556
0001) for watertightness connections
A small crosshead insulated screwdriver

A small flathead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

170 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.64.1 Replace TMA

In case the TMA with AGC support is used:


If it is replaced by a similar type of TMA, the replacement can be done
without any settings change

If it is replaced by a TMA with different characteristics, the settings (gain and


currents) have to be updated. Refer to Edit TMA Settings for details.

Remove TMA Remove the TMA module:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Locate the TMA to be replaced and its associated PDU.
5. Switch off the appropriate secondary TMA power at the PDU.
6. Remove the vinyl adhesive and insulating tapes on both RF connectors
and disconnect both RF jumper cables at the TMA, carefully noting down
their positions for reconnection.
7. Disconnect the ground cable, which is fixed at the ground rod of the TMA.
8. Secure the TMA, loosen the stainless steel attachment collar and remove
the TMA.

Install TMA Install the TMA module:


1. Disconnect the attachment collar from the old TMA and install it on the
new one.
2. Put the new TMA and the attachment collar in their installation position,
secure the TMA and tighten the attachment collar.
3. Reconnect the RF cables and the ground cable as noted earlier. Use
the insulating tape first and then the vinyl adhesive tape to cover the RF
connectors.
4. Switch on the appropriate secondary TMA power at the PDU.
5. Check that there are no red LEDs on the PDU. Otherwise press the
corresponding reset button to turn off the LEDs.
6. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
7. Using the BTS NEM, initialize (unlock) BTS_TEL. Then check that there are
no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
8. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
9. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 171 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.64.2 Replace Power Distribution Unit


Remove PDU Remove the power distribution unit:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to
the next step.
4. Locate the PDU to be replaced and switch off the PDU (main power supply
switch at PDU).

For outdoor BTS, switch off the main power supply on the BTS bus bar.

For indoor BTS, disconnect the power supply cable at the power
supply side.

5. Loosen all ground braid collars.


6. Disconnect the following cables carefully noting their positions for
reconnection:

The main power supply cable

All secondary power supply cables


The alarm cable at the PDU.

7. Then disconnect the ground cable which is fixed at the ground rod of the
PDU.
8. For wall installation, secure the PDU, loosen the fixing screws of the PDU
and carefully remove it from the wall.
9. For 19" installation, loosen the fixing screws of the PDU and carefully
withdraw the PDU from the slot.

Install PDU Install the power distribution unit:


1. For wall installation, put the new PDU in its installation position, secure it and
tighten the fixing screws.
2. For 19" installation, push the replacement PDU fully into the empty slot and
tighten the fixing screws of the PDU.
3. Switch off the main power supply switch at the new PDU.
4. Reconnect the ground cable.
5. Reconnect:

The alarm cable

The main power supply cable

All secondary power supply cables.

to the PDU as noted earlier. Tighten all ground braid collars.

172 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

6. Power on the PDU:


For outdoor BTS, switch on the main power supply on the BTS bus bar

For indoor BTS, reconnect the main power supply cable at the power
supply side.

7. Switch on the PDU (main power supply switch on the PDU).


8. Check that there are no red LEDs on the PDU. Otherwise press the
corresponding reset buttons to turn off the LEDs.
9. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number in the BTSRI remote inventory
’Additional Module’ field.
10. Using the BTS NEM, initialize (unlock) BTS_TEL. Then check that there are
no outstanding alarms on the BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
11. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
12. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.65 Replace TRE Module

Use this procedure to replace faulty TRE modules by similar ones.


To replace TRE modules by new ones with different capabilities, refer to
Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules (3BK 17438 0803
RJZZA).

The following table shows the TRE Module RIT part numbers.

RIT Description Part Number

TADH TRE Module - GSM 1800 - High Power 3BK 25373 AA

TADHE TRE Module - GSM 1800 - High Power 3BK 26527 AAAA
GMSK and 8-PSK

TAGH TRE Module - GSM 900 - High Power 3BK 26154

TAGHE TRE Module - GSM 900 - High Power 3BK 26873 AAAA
GMSK and 8-PSK

TRAD TRE Module - GSM 1800 - Medium Power 3BK 08980 AA

TRADE TRE Module - GSM 1800 - Medium Power 3BK 26526


Enhanced 8-PSK Power

TRAG TRE Module - GSM 900 - Medium Power 3BK 08967 AA

TRAGE TRE Module - GSM 900 - Medium Power 3BK 26525


Enhanced 8-PSK Power

TRAL TRE Module - GSM 850 - Medium Power 3BK 25894 AA

TRAP TRE Module - GSM 1900 - Medium Power 3BK 25825 AA

TRDH TRE Module - GSM 1800 - High Power 3BK 07723 AA

TRDM TRE Module - GSM 1800 - Medium Power 3BK 07372 AA

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 173 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

RIT Description Part Number

TRGM TRE Module - GSM 900 - Medium Power 3BK 07206 AA


3BK 07206 AB

TRPM TRE Module - GSM 1900 - Medium Power 3BK 08556 AA

Table 10: 9100 BTS TRE Module RIT Part Numbers

Due to high current value and high power level on TX output connector in case
of TAGHE/TADHE, make sure that the TRE is disabled before handling it.

Thermal Restrictions
In addition to replacing a faulty module by an identical one, a faulty non-EDGE
TRE module can be replaced by an EDGE TRE module, i.e. TRxM by TRAx
and TRDH by TADH.
Before using EDGE TRE modules, check in the rack configurations shown in
the 9100 BTS Hardware Description that your equipment, after replacement,
does not exceed the possible thermal restrictions. This is especially important
for the medium-power TRAP modules which have a power consumption and a
thermal dissipation comparable to high-power GSM modules.

Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.
For tools to be used for RF cables tightening refer to Tools Catalogue,
reference 3BK 20458 0001 RJZZA.

The following table gives the torque values to be used when tightening RF
cables.

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

N 0.7-1.1

Table 11: Torque Values for RF Cables

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

174 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Remove TRE Module Remove a TRE Module RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. If this is the last TRE of the sector, use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL.
Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait
three minutes before continuing to the next step.
If this is not the last TRE of the sector, go directly to the next step.
4. Using the BTS NEM, disable the TRE SBL. If this is the last TRE of the
sector disable the corresponding RA SBL instead.
5. Locate the faulty TRE in the appropriate TRE subrack, and switch off the
power switch on the front panel.
6. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
7. Disconnect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection.
8. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TRE.
9. Loosen the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty RIT in the
subrack, if equipped.
10. Carefully disengage the TRE from the backplane and fully withdraw it from
the slot.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the TRE.

Replace TRE Module Replace a TRE Module RIT:


1. Push the replacement TRE fully into the empty slot ensuring that pins
and sockets are correctly aligned.
2. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TRE.
3. Tighten the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the RIT in the subrack, if
loosen for RIT removal.
4. Reconnect the cables to the front panel of the TRE.
5. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Switch ON the power switch on the front panel.
7. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the TRE SBL (RA if needed) and then
BTS_TEL, if it was disabled.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.

Update RI To update the remote inventory:


1. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
2. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
3. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the
replacement TRE.
The "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window opens.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 175 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

4. In the "Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity

Logical site name

Commissioning (installation) date.

5. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


6. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window click on[ OK ] to save
the changes.
7. Stop the BTS NEM.
8. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
9. Close the front door of the BTS.

3.66 Replace TGTx Module

Use this procedure to replace faulty TGTx modules by similar ones.


To replace TRE modules by new ones with different capabilities, refer to
Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules (3BK 17438 0803
RJZZA).

The following table shows the TRE Module RIT part numbers.

RIT Description Part Number

TGT08 Twin TRE Module - GSM 850 - Medium 3BK 28129 AAAA
Power

TGT09 Twin TRE Module - GSM 900 - Medium 3BK 27162 AAAA
Power

TGT18 Twin TRE Module - GSM 1800 - Medium 3BK 27175 AAxx
Power (35W)

Twin TRE Module - GSM 1800 - Medium 3BK 27175 BAxx


Power (45W)

Table 12: 9100 BTS TRE Module RIT Part Numbers

Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A Torx10 screwdriver
A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an
RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

176 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

For tools to be used for RF cables tightening refer to Tools Catalogue,


reference 3BK 20458 0001 RJZZA.

The following table gives the torque values to be used when tightening RF
cables.

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

N 0.7-1.1

Table 13: Torque Values for RF Cables

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Replace TGTx Remove a faulty TGTx module:


1. Connect the BTS NEM to the SUM board in the BTS.
2. From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu, follow the menu path:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Begin HW Modification
3. If the TGTx related TREs are the last of the sector, use the BTS NEM to
disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown
of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to the next step.
If this is not the last TGTx of the sector, go directly to the next step.
4. Disable the TGTx. If this is the last module of the sector disable the
corresponding RA instead.
5. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Disconnect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection.
7. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TRE.
8. Loosen the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty RIT in the
subrack, if equipped.
9. Unplug faulty TGTx module.
10. From the Online Mode menu bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Remove HW
The "Remove Hardware" window is displayed. Only modules in the state
SOS, FOS, or OPR are displayed.
11. Select the module to be removed and click on [ > ].
12. Click on [ OK ].
The text pane on the bottom of the window displays: <module name>
successfully removed. In the "SBL Module States" window, the module is
removed.
13. Close the "Remove Hardware" window.
14. Insert the new TGTx module

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 177 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the TGTx.

15. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TGTx.
16. Tighten the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the RIT in the subrack, if
loosen for RIT removal.
17. Re-connect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, as noticed
in step 6.
18. Wait for the new TWIN TRA module to be displayed in the BTS NEM. If the
new module is not displayed within thrree minutes, select Configuration ->
Reload BTS Data to refresh the list of modules.
Note: The default configuration of a new TWIN TRA module is Single TRX
so only the first half of the TWIN TRA will be displayed.
19. Inform the OMU of the HW Modification. From the Online Mode menu
bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> End HW Modification
If Twin TREs/MC TREs are equipped the "TWIN TRA Settings"/"Multicarrier
Settings" windows open.
20. Set the Twin TRE mode/MC TRE number if not already correctly selected
and click on [ Ok ].
If the TGTx software is not available in the OMU, the OMU requests the
software from the BSC and starts the download. This may take several
minutes.
21. The BTS Monitoring window opens with the following dialog box:
"Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this
configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for
completion of HW audit to see final result"
22. Click on [ Yes ].
Note: End Commissioning (for more information, refer to the BTS NEM
User Guide) is also automatically launched.
Wait for the Hardware and Alarm Audit at the OMC-R to finish or for
HW-RESYNCH message in BTS NEM alarms window. This may take
several minutes.
23. If impacted RA SBL is disabled, initialize the RA.
24. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
25. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
26. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the replacement
TRE.
The "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window opens.
27. In the "Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity
Logical site name

Commissioning (installation) date.

178 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

28. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


29. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window click on[ OK ] to save
the changes.
30. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
31. Stop the BTS NEM.
32. Disconnect the BTS NEM.

3.67 Replace TMXAx Module

Use this procedure to replace faulty TMXAx modules by similar ones.


To replace TRE modules by new ones with different capabilities, refer to
Upgrade 9100 BTS with AN/SUM/TRE Evolution Modules (3BK 17438 0803
RJZZA).
If BTS is equipped with SUMA or MC TRE software not available on the
equipped SUMX, it is recommended to load the MC TRE software from BTS
NEM. To allow software preload on the new module, the MC TRE software
to be loaded must be available on the BTS NEM PC. The BTS NEM PC IP
address needs to be set to 192.168.0.1 and Windows Firewall must be disabled
during preload.
To disable/enable the Windows Firewall:
1. Click on [ Start ] and the click on [ Run ]. Type:
firewall.cpl
The Firewall Settings window opens.
2. From here, depending upon the Windows version, make the appropiate
changes to turn Off/On the Windows Firewall.
The MC TRE software files can be retrieved from one of the following:

OMC-R location /alcatel/var/share/oef/SDPPackage/<SDP Name>

original source of the OMC-R SDP package.


The source folder must contain files with the y0snxxxx.zzz format, where:
y is W for MC TRE 900 and Y for MC TRE 1800

s is W for the MC TRE operational software files and O for the origin
software files

n is a unique number for each file

xxxx.zzz depend on the release version.

The following table shows the TRE Module RIT part numbers.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 179 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

RIT Description Part Number

TMXA09 MC TRE Module - GSM 900 - Medium 3BK 28502 AAAA


Power

TMXA18 MC TRE Module - GSM 1800 3BK 28682 AAxx

Table 14: 9100 BTS TRE Module RIT Part Numbers

180 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Tools and Materials You must have:


A small flathead screwdriver

A Torx10 screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the
SUMA board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port
of the SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front
panel of the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on
how to use the BTS NEM.
For the MC TRE software preload use an Ethernet cable to connect the PC
NEM to TEST port of the impacted MC TRE (in this case the RS-232 cable
is used for the SUM connection).
For tools to be used for RF cables tightening refer to Tools Catalogue,
reference 3BK 20458 0001 RJZZA.

The following table gives the torque values to be used when tightening RF
cables.

Connector Type Torque [Nm]

N 0.7-1.1

Table 15: Torque Values for RF Cables

3.67.1 Replace GSM TMXAx (MC TRE)


Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL
is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Note: The number of TREs that is configured on the impacted MC TRE
needs to be available.
Remove a faulty TMXAx module used in GSM standard:
1. Connect the BTS NEM to the SUM board in the BTS.
2. From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu, follow the menu path:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Begin HW Modification
3. If the TMXAx related TREs are the last of the sector, use the BTS NEM to
disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown
of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to the next step.
If this is not the last TMXAx of the sector, go directly to the next step.
4. Disable the TRE for the impacted TMXAx.
If this is the last module of the sector disable the corresponding RA instead.
5. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Disconnect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection.
7. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TRE.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 181 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

8. Loosen the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty RIT in the
subrack, if equipped.
9. Unplug faulty TMXAx module.
10. From the Online Mode menu bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Remove HW
The "Remove Hardware" window is displayed. Only modules in the state
SOS, FOS, or OPR are displayed.
11. Select the module to be removed and click on [ > ].
12. Click on [ OK ].
The text pane on the bottom of the window displays: <module name>
successfully removed. In the SBL Module States window, the module is
removed.
13. Close the "Remove Hardware" window.
14. Insert the new TMXAx module.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the TMXAx.

15. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TMXAx.
16. Tighten the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the RIT in the subrack, if
loosen for RIT removal.
17. Re-connect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, as noticed
in step 6.
18. Wait for the new MC TRE module to be displayed in the BTS NEM. If the new
module is not displayed within 3 minutes select Configuration -> Reload
BTS Data to refresh the list of modules.

MC TRE Software 19. Connect the Ethernet cable between NEM PC and ’TEST’ interface of the
Preload (only if BTS is impacted MC TRE.Select Configuration -> BTS Commissioning and click
equipped with SUMA or on [ Start ] button corresponding to the MC_TRE SW Preload task.
software not present on Select the impacted TRE and location of the MC TRE SW files
SUMX)
Select the master file location or check the ’Use Running Software’ box if
the software files correspond to the existing master file
To preload the origin software check the ’Origin SW’ box, click on [ Start ]
and wait for the operation to finish successfully (MC_TRE Sw Preload
... success message is displayed in the ’Commissioning State’
frame). Remove check from the ’Origin SW’ box

Click on [ Start ] and wait for the operation to finish successfully

Click on [ Close ] to permanently close the window.

20. Inform the OMU of the HW Modification. From the Online Mode menu
bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> End HW Modification
For new MC-TRE modules added in the BTS cabinet this task can take up to
115 min. No operator action is allowed until the hardware modifications
are accepted.

182 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

If Twin TREs/MC TREs are equipped the "TWIN TRA Settings"/"Multicarrier


Settings" windows open.
Note: Leave the Twin TRE mode unchanged and click on [ Ok ], if the
"TWIN TRA Settings" window opened.
21. Set the MC TRE number and click on [ Ok ].
If the TMXAx software is not available in the OMU (MC TRE Software
Preload was not perfomed), the OMU request the software from the BSC
and start the download.
22. The "BTS Monitoring" window opens with the following dialog box:
"Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this
configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for
completion of HW audit to see final result"
23. Click on [ Yes ].
Note: End Commissioning (for more information, refer to the BTS NEM
User Guide) is also automatically launched.
Wait for the Hardware and Alarm Audit at the OMC-R to finish or for
HW-RESYNCH message in BTS NEM alarms window. This may take
several minutes.
24. If the impacted TRE SBL is disabled, initialize the TRE.
25. If impacted RA SBL is disabled, initialize the RA.
26. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
27. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
28. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the replacement
TRE.
The "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window opens.
29. In the "Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity

Logical site name

Commissioning (installation) date.

30. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


31. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window click on [ OK ] to save
the changes.
32. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
33. Stop the BTS NEM.
34. Disconnect the BTS NEM.

3.67.2 Replace Other Standard TMXAx (MC TRE)


Remove a faulty TMXAx module used in other standards:
1. Ensure that the resources using the impacted TMXAx are locked.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the SUM board in the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 183 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3. From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu, follow the menu path:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Begin HW Modification
4. Disable the OSF for the impacted TMXAx and manually switch Off the
module.
5. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Disconnect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, carefully noting
their positions for reconnection.
7. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TRE.
8. Loosen the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the faulty RIT in the
subrack, if equipped.
9. Unplug faulty TMXAx module.
10. Insert the new TMXAx module.

Backplane Damage
Do not use excessive force when inserting the TMXAx.

11. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the TMXAx.
12. Tighten the M3 Torx screw on the front panel of the RIT in the subrack, if
loosen for RIT removal.
13. Re-connect all the cables from the front panel of the TRE, as noted in step 6.
14. Wait for the new MC TRE module to be displayed in the BTS NEM. If the new
module is not displayed within 3 minutes select Configuration -> Reload
BTS Data to refresh the list of modules.

MC TRE Software 15. Connect the Ethernet cable between NEM PC and ’TEST’ interface of the
Preload (only if BTS is impacted MC TRE.Select Configuration -> BTS Commissioning and click
equipped with SUMA or on [ Start ] button corresponding to the MC_TRE SW Preload task.
software not present on Select the impacted TRE and location of the MC TRE SW files (including
SUMX) the origin software files)

Select the master file location or check the ’Use Running Software’ box if
the software files correspond to the existing master file

To preload the origin software check the ’Origin SW’ box, click on [ Start ]
and wait for the operation to finish successfully (MC_TRE Sw Preload
... success message is displayed in the ’Commissioning State’
frame). Remove check from the ’Origin SW’ box
Click on [ Start ] and wait for the operation to finish successfully

Click on [ Close ] to permanently close the window.

16. Inform the OMU of the HW Modification. From the Online Mode menu
bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> End HW Modification
For new MC-TRE modules added in the BTS cabinet this task can take up to
115 min. No operator action is allowed until the hardware modifications
are accepted.

184 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

If Twin TREs/MC TREs are equipped the "TWIN TRA Settings"/"Multicarrier


Settings" windows open.
Note: Leave the Twin TRE mode unchanged and click on [ Ok ], if the
"TWIN TRA Settings" window opened.
17. Set the MC TRE configuration and click on [ Ok ].
Note: If the other standard is 3G, select ’3G’.
18. The "BTS Monitoring" window opens with the following dialog box:
"Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this
configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for
completion of HW audit to see final result"
19. Click on [ Yes ].
Note: End Commissioning (for more information, refer to the BTS NEM
User Guide) is also automatically launched.
20. If the impacted OSF SBL is disabled, initialize the OSF.
21. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
22. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
23. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the replacement
TRE.
The "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window opens.
24. In the "Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity

Logical site name


Commissioning (installation) date.

25. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


26. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window click on [ OK ] to save
the changes.
27. Unlock the resources using the replaced TMXAx.
28. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
29. Stop the BTS NEM.
30. Disconnect the BTS NEM.

3.68 Replace/Test 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch


The water detection float switch RIT part number is 3DM 10274 NOMO.
Tools and Materials You must have a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor.
Impact on System None.
To replace a water detection float switch, go to Replace 9100 BTS Water
Detection Float Switch (Section 3.68.1). To test a water detection float switch,
go to Test 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch (Section 3.68.2).

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 185 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

3.68.1 Replace 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch


Procedure Replace the water detection float switch:
1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Disconnect the cable of the float switch. The float switch is located at
the rear of the bottom of BTS Compartment 1 or at the front/right of the
MBO1 compartment.
3. Remove the fixing nut and the washers from the float switch and then
remove it from the cabinet mounting hole.
For an MBO1 compartment, remove the two fixing screws and the washers
from the float switch and then remove it from the cabinet.
4. Insert the replacement float switch in the cabinet mounting hole. Twist the
float switch housing around in the hole, until the freedom of movement of
the float arm is vertically downwards from the horizontal. Then replace the
washers and the fixing nut.
For an MBO1 compartment, insert the replacement float switch in the
cabinet. Then replace the washers and the fixing screws and tighten
the screws.
5. Reconnect the float switch cable.
6. Perform the procedure in 3.68.2 to test the float switch.

3.68.2 Test 9100 BTS Water Detection Float Switch


Procedure Test the water detection float switch:
1. If necessary, open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close
9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Lift the water detection float arm gently until it is horizontal and confirm that it
falls back to its original position when released. The float switch is located
at the rear of the bottom of BTS Compartment 1 or at the front/right of
the MBO1 compartment.
3. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.69 Replace XIOB in an Outdoor BTS


The XIOB RIT part number is 3BK 07184 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:
A small flathead screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver

A TORX T10 screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

186 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Replace the XIOB:

Remove and replace the RIT


Update the remote inventory file

Remove XIOB Replace an XIOB RIT:


1. Open the front door(s) of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, view the RI for the XIOB_BCB RIT and write down the
following information for use later in the procedure:

Network identity

Logical site name

4. Use the BTS NEM to disable BTS_TEL and BTS_OM SBL. Enter a WTC =
3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown of the BTS. Wait three minutes
before continuing to the next step.
5. Using the BTS NEM, disable the EACB 1 SBL.
6. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
7. Disconnect the power cable from the bottom of the XIOB. The XIOB is
located behind the COAR on the right side of the Side Compartment, but is
accessed through the left side of BTS Compartment 1.
8. A flat ribbon cable is connected to the back of the COAR through a slot in
the XIOB. Loosen the retaining screws and remove the connector from
the COAR.
9. Remove the five TORX screws securing the XIOB to the back of the COAR,
and then remove the XIOB.

Replace XIOB Replace an XIOB RIT:


1. Install the new XIOB and secure it to the back of the COAR with the
TORX screws.
2. Reconnect the flat ribbon cable to the COAR through the slot in the XIOB
and tighten the retaining screws.
3. Reconnect the power cable to the bottom of the XIOB.
4. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
5. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the EACB 1 and BTS_OM and then BTS_TEL.
6. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.

Update RI Update the remote inventory:


1. Using the BTS NEM, modify the remote inventory file for the XIOB_BCB
RIT with the following information:

Commissioning (current installation) date

Network identity

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 187 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

Logical site name.

Note: Use the information written down in step (3) from Remove XIOB
(in section 3.69).
2. Check [ Apply RI Changes ] and click on [ Ok ].
3. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
4. Close the front door(s) of the BTS.

3.70 Replace XIBM in an Indoor BTS


The XIBM RIT part number is 3BK 26012 AA.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver


A TORX screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System For IP BTS, all telecommunications resources are lost


for when OMU is restarted.
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
Replace the XIBM:

Remove and replace the RIT

Update the remote inventory file

Remove XIBM Remove an XIBM RIT:


1. Open the front door of the BTS. (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information).
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
3. Using the BTS NEM, view the RI for the XIOB_BCB RIT and write down the
following information for use later in the procedure:

Network identity
Logical site name

4. Using the BTS NEM, disable the EACB 1 SBL.


5. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Loosen the retaining screws and disconnect all front panel cables of the
XIBM (left unit in the interconnection area), carefully noting their positions
for reconnection.
7. Remove the four screws securing the XIBM to the interconnection area
frame, and then carefully pull out the XIBM.

188 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


3 9100 BTS RITs

Back Side Damage


Be careful when pulling out the XIBM. There are two cables fixed on the
back side.

8. Disconnect the flat ribbon cable at the back of the XIBM.


9. Disconnect the power cable from the back of the XIBM.

Install XIBM Install a new XIBM RIT:


1. Take the new XIBM and reconnect the power cable to the back of the XIBM.
2. Reconnect the flat ribbon cable to the back of the XIBM.
3. Push the replacement XIBM carefully into the empty slot and tighten the
retaining screws.
4. Reconnect the front panel cables of the XIBM as noted earlier and tighten
the retaining screws.
5. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
6. Using the BTS NEM, initialize the EACB 1.
7. To restore the BTS hardware view and take into account the changes, restart
OMU (SUMA/SUMP/SUMX) and wait for All monitorings are active!
message to be displayed in the status box.
8. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
Update RI Update the remote inventory file:
1. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory file with the information
written down at step 3 from Remove XIBM (in section 3.70).
2. Update the RI information with the current date for commissioning date.
3. Check [ Apply RI Changes ] and click on [ OK ].
4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
5. Close the front door of the BTS.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 189 / 224


3 9100 BTS RITs

190 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

4 Distributed BTS RITs

This section contains the procedures to replace the following RITs:

RRH module
SFP module on SUMX 19 Inch

SUMX main board part of SUMX 19 Inch

GNC board

GPS receiver

Optical fiber link.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 191 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

4.1 Before You Start to Replace Distributed BTS RITs


Read this section before you start the replacement procedures in this section.
All the procedures are valid for the distributed BTS.
Prerequisites Note the following conditions. You must:

Have read Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1) before performing any
maintenance procedures

Be familiar with electrostatic precautions. Refer to Electrostatic Precautions


(Section 1.2) for more information

Know how to use the BTS NEM (username and password available)
Establish an efficient means of communication with an OMC-R operator in
order to lock (disable) and unlock (initialize) the BTS when required.

Tools and Materials You must have:

An anti-static wrist strap

The hand tools specified in the relevant sections of this section


A serviceable replacement RIT with an identical part number, unless
stated otherwise.

Impact on System This depends on the nature of the RIT and its position in
the system. Refer to the specific replacement procedures.
Restrictions None.

4.2 Replace RRH2x40 Module

Use this procedure to replace faulty RRH2x40 modules, part of distributed


BTS, by similar ones.

The RRH2x40 RIT part number is 3BK 28706 CAxx.


Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable
(use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS
Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable
to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The
MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX
19 Inch. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources of the sector are lost


when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).

Replace ARHAx Remove a faulty ARHAx module:


1. Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

192 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch.
3. From the BTS NEM Online Mode menu, follow the menu path:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Begin HW Modification
4. If the RRH related TREs are the last of the sector, use the BTS NEM to
disable BTS_TEL. Enter a WTC = 3 minutes to ensure an orderly shutdown
of the BTS. Wait three minutes before continuing to the next step.
If this is not the last RRH of the sector, go directly to the next step.
5. Disable SBLs Other Than BTS_TEL (for impacted TREs). If this is the last
module of the sector disable the corresponding RA instead.
6. At the site power panel switch OFF the breaker corresponding to the
impacted RRH2x40 module.
7. Disconnect the cables in the following order:

Power cable

Optical fiber cable


Antenna cables

Ground cable.

8. Loosen the screws securing the module.


9. Remove the module.
10. From the Online Mode menu bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> Remove HW
The "Remove Hardware" window is displayed. Only modules in the state
SOS, FOS, or OPR are displayed.
11. Select the TREs and RA (if it is the last RRH of the sector) corresponding
to the module to be removed and click on [ > ].
12. Click on [ OK ].
The text pane on the bottom of the window displays: Remove SBL <module
name> ...success. In the SBL Module States window, the modules are
removed.
13. Close the "Remove Hardware" window.
14. Install the new module and secure it with the screws.
15. Connect the cables in the following order:
Ground cable

Antenna cables

Optical fiber cable

Power cable.

16. At the site power panel switch ON the breaker corresponding to the impacted
RRH2x40 module.
17. Wait for the new RRH module to be displayed in the BTS NEM. If the new
module is not displayed within 3 minutes select Configuration -> Reload
BTS Data to refresh the list of modules.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 193 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

18. To end the HW Modification. From the Online Mode menu bar, select:
Configuration -> Hardware Settings... -> End HW Modification
Note: For new RRH module this task can take up to 115 min. No operator
action is allowed until the hardware modifications are accepted.
19. The MC_RRH Configuration window automatically opens. Double click on
the impacted TRE
20. The "Edit MC_RRH Configuration" window opens. Enter the sector number,
RRH ID and link redundancy for each new module and click on [ OK ]
If the RRH software is not available in the OMU, the OMU request the
software from the BSC and start the download.
21. Close the "MC_RRH Configuration" window
22. Click on [ OK ] in the window displaying the message:
Please note
that for inserting Multicarrier the scenario may take up to
115 min.
23. The Multicarrier Settings window automatically opens. Set the TRE number
for each MC RRH and click on [ OK ]
24. The "End Hardware Modification Confirmation" window opens. Click on
[ Yes ] to accept the new configuration
25. The Stop Commissioning window opens. Select the module to be updated
and click on [ OK ]
26. The "Save commissioning report" window appears displaying the Do you
want to save the result into a commissioning report? message.
If [ Yes ] is clicked the "Write Inventar" and "Open report using WINVENT"
windows appear to insert the file related details where the report is saved.
Click on [ No ] or [ Cancel ] to close the window.
27. The "BTS Monitoring" window opens with the following dialog box:
"Please check the configuration of BTS! Do you accept this
configuration and start HW audit now? If [yes] wait for
completion of HW audit to see final result"
28. Click on [ Yes ].
Wait for the Hardware and Alarm Audit at the OMC-R to finish or for
HW-RESYNCH message in BTS NEM alarms window. This may take
several minutes.
29. If impacted RA SBL is disabled, initialize the RA.
30. Init BTS_TEL SBL.
Ensure that BTS_TEL SBL is IT before continuing to the next step.
31. At BTS NEM, select the Tree View.
32. In the Tree View select "Remote Inventory".
33. In the "Remote Inventory" window double click on the line for the replacement
TRE.
The "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window opens.
34. In the "Manufacturing" pane, update the remote inventory with the following
information:

Network identity

Logical site name

Commissioning (installation) date.

194 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

35. Select the ’Apply RI Changes’ option.


36. In the "Modify Remote Inventory - TRE-xx" window click on [ OK ] to save
the changes.
37. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no remaining alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic.
38. Stop the BTS NEM.
39. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
40. Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

4.3 Replace SFP Module


The SFP module is located on the SUMX 19 Inch board as part of the GNC
module and on the RRH2x40 module on the optical fiber connection area.
Depending on fault case, refer to the appropriate section below.
Tools and Materials You must have a BTS NEM and a RS-232 asynchronous
communication link cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM
to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet
cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The
MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM.
A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use RS-232
adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of
the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH
port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located
on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for
information on how to use the BTS NEM.
Impact on System All telecommunications resources of the imapcted sector
are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled).

4.3.1 Replace SFP Module on SUMX 19 Inch


To replace a SFP module on SUMX 19 Inch:
1. Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
2. Connect the BTS NEM PC to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch .
3. Disable BTS_TEL corresponding to the impacted sector number.
4. Disable RA for the impacted RRH2x40 module.
5. Disconnect the optical fiber cable from the module.
6. Remove the SFP module.
7. Insert the replacement SFP module.
8. Connect the optical fiber to the module.
9. For the impacted RRH2x40 module Init RA.
10. Init BTS_TEL SBL, corresponding to the impacted sector number.
11. Stop the BTS NEM.
12. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
13. Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 195 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

4.3.2 Replace SFP Module on RRH


To replace a SFP module on RRH:
1. Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
2. Connect the BTS NEM PC to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch .
3. Disable BTS_TEL corresponding to the impacted sector number.
4. Disable RA for the impacted RRH2x40 module.
5. On RRH side, identify the connector components.

6. Loosen the nut spiral (2).


7. Rotate counter-clockwise the coupling nut (7) until it is detached from
the receptacle.

8. Unlock and disconnect the cable from the SFP module.


9. Remove the plug body from the receptacle.

196 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

10. Remove the SFP module.


11. Insert the replacement SFP module.
12. Insert the plug body into the receptacle.

13. Insert and lock the LC connectors into place.

14. Push and Rotate clockwise the coupling nut (7) until secured onto the
receptacle.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 197 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

15. Begin to thread manually the nut spiral (2) and then apply torque via 21 mm
adapted wrench to achieve approximately 3.5 N.m torque.
16. For the impacted RRH2x40 module Init RA.
17. Init BTS_TEL SBL, corresponding to the impacted sector number.
18. Stop the BTS NEM.
19. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
20. Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

198 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

4.4 Replace SUMX 19 Inch

Use this procedure to replace faulty SUMX 19 Inch modules, part of distributed
BTS, by similar ones.

The SUMX19" pre-equip RIT part number is 3BK28951AA.


Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver


A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable
(use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS
Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable
to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The
MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX
19 Inch. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace a SUMX 19 Inch RIT, you have to:

Shut down the distributed BTS

Replace the RIT

Reconnect the cables and update settings


Restart the distributed BTS.

Shut Down Distributed Shut down the distributed BTS as follows:


BTS 1. Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch.
3. Using the BTS NEM, display the following information and write it down for
use later in the procedure:
All SBL states

All outstanding alarms

SUMX Q1 address

4. Using the BTS NEM, upload the BTS transmission settings from the
distributed BTS.
5. Use the BTS NEM to disable the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 3
sectors, as applicable). Enter a WTC = 3 minutes for each cell to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS.
Note: To perform this action, Monitor BTS_TEL & BTS_OM must be
selected.
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are OPR before continuing
to the next step.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 199 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

Replace SUMX 19 Inch Replace a SUMX 19 Inch RIT:


1. Disconnect the Abis cable on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch and
the BTS NEM cable.
2. Disconnect the external alarm cables on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
3. Disconnect the optical fiber cables from the HSO01, HSO02 and HSO03
connectors on SUMX 19 Inch.
4. Disconnect the power cable from the SUMX 19 Inch.
5. If the SUMX 19 Inch contains a GPS receiver, disconnect the GPS cable on
the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
6. Disconnect the ground cable from the SUMX 19 Inch.
7. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
8. Loosen the screws securing the SUMX 19 Inch and remove the board.
In case of SUMX replacement, if the SUMX has a GPS receiver installed,
remove the module from the faulty board and install it on the new board.
Refer to Replace GPS Receiver (Section 3.31) for details about GPS
receiver replacement.
9. Insert the replacement SUMX 19 Inch in its position and secured it with
the screws.
10. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.

Reconnect Now you reconnect the cables and update the settings as follows:
Cables/Update Settings 1. Reconnect the BTS NEM cable to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the front
panel of the SUMX 19 Inch
2. Reconnect ground and power cable to the SUMX 19 Inch. Do NOT
reconnect the other cables to the front panel at this time.
3. Use the BTS NEM to set the SUMX 19 Inch Q1 address as noted in Step 3
of ’Shut Down BTS’.
4. Using the BTS NEM, download to the BTS the transmission settings from
the file uploaded in Step 4 of ’Shut Down BTS’.
5. Reconnect the Abis cable to the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
6. Reconnect the external alarm cables on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
7. Reconnect the optical fiber cables to the HSO01, HSO02 and HSO03
connectors on SUMX 19 Inch.
8. If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, connect the GPS cable on the front
panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
Restart Distributed BTS Restart the distributed BTS:
1. Use the BTS NEM to initialize the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to
3 sectors, as applicable).
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are IT before continuing to
the next step.
2. Using the BTS NEM, display the states of all the SBLs and all the
outstanding alarms and ensure they are the same as those noted in Step 3
of ’Shut Down BTS’.
3. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory on the new SUMX 19
Inch with the following information:

Commissioning (installation) date

200 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

Network identity
Logical site name.

4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


5. Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

4.5 Replace SUMX Main Board Part of SUMX 19 Inch

Use this procedure to replace faulty SUMX main board part of the SUMX 19
Inch modules in distributed BTS, by similar ones. In case of GPS receiver or
GNC board replacement, use this procedure to unplug/plug the SUMX board.

The SUMX RIT part number is 3BK 27656 CAxx.


Tools and Materials You must have:

A small flathead screwdriver

A Torx 10 screwdriver

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable


(use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS
Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable
to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The
MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX
19 Inch. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System All telecommunications resources are lost when BTS_TEL


is locked (disabled).
Refer to Before You Start to Replace 9100 BTS RITs (Section 3.3).
To replace a SUMX RIT, you have to:

Shut down the distributed BTS

Disconnect the cables

Replace the RIT


Reconnect the cables and update settings

Restart the distributed BTS.

Shut Down Distributed Shut down the distributed BTS as follows:


BTS 1. Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
2. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch.
3. Using the BTS NEM, display the following information and write it down for
use later in the procedure:
All SBL states

All outstanding alarms

SUMX Q1 address

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 201 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

4. Using the BTS NEM, upload the BTS transmission settings from the
distributed BTS.
5. Use the BTS NEM to disable the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to 3
sectors, as applicable). Enter a WTC = 3 minutes for each cell to ensure
an orderly shutdown of the BTS.
Note: To perform this action, Monitor BTS_TEL & BTS_OM must be
selected.
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are OPR before continuing
to the next step.

Replace SUMX Replace a SUMX RIT:


1. Disconnect the short Abis cables from the front panel of the SUMX main
board.
2. Disconnect the BTS NEM cable.
3. Disconnect the optical fiber cables from the HSO01, HSO02 and HSO03
connectors on SUMX main board.
4. If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, disconnect the GPS cable on the front
panel of the SUMX main board.
5. Switch OFF the breaker corresponding to the SUMX 19 Inch board.
6. Connect the anti-static wrist strap.
7. Loosen the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the SUMX
main board.
8. Loosen the Torx screws securing the SUMX main board to the SUMX 19
Inch subrack and remove the board.
9. If the SUMX has a GPS receiver installed, remove the module from the faulty
board and install it on the new board. In case of GPS receiver replacement,
remove the faulty module from the SUMX and install the new one. Refer
to Replace GPS Receiver (Section 3.31) for details about GPS receiver
replacement.
10. If the SUMX has a GNC board installed, remove the module from the
faulty board and install it on the new board. In case of GNC board
replacement, remove the faulty board from the SUMX and install the new
one. Refer to Replace GNC Board (Section 3.30) for details about GNC
board replacement.
11. Insert the replacement SUMX main board in its position and secure it with
the screws.
12. Tighten the quarter-turn Camloc fasteners on the front panel of the SUMX
main board.
13. Disconnect the anti-static wrist strap.
14. Switch ON the breaker corresponding to the SUMX 19 Inch board.

Reconnect Now you reconnect the cables and update the settings as follows:
Cables/Update Settings 1. Reconnect the BTS NEM cable to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the front
panel of the SUMX 19 Inch
2. Use the BTS NEM to set the SUMX 19 Inch Q1 address as noted in Step 3
of ’Shut Down BTS’.
3. Using the BTS NEM, download to the BTS the transmission settings from
the file uploaded in Step 4 of ’Shut Down BTS’.

202 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

4. Reconnect the optical fiber cables to the HSO01, HSO02 and HSO03
connectors on SUMX main board.
5. If the SUMX contains a GPS receiver, connect the GPS cable on the front
panel of the SUMX main board.
6. Reconnect the short Abis cables to the front panel of the SUMX main board.
Wait for the BTS_O&M to change from MSD to IT, before to continue
with the next step.

Restart Distributed BTS Restart the distributed BTS:


1. Use the BTS NEM to initialize the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell (x = 1 to
3 sectors, as applicable).
Ensure that all the BTS_TELx SBLs for each cell are IT before continuing to
the next step.
2. Using the BTS NEM, display the states of all the SBLs and all the
outstanding alarms and ensure they are the same as those noted in Step 3
of ’Shut Down BTS’.
3. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory on the new SUMX 19
Inch with the following information:

Commissioning (installation) date

Network identity
Logical site name.

4. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


5. Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

4.6 Replace GNC Board


To replace the GNC board refer to Replace GNC Board (Section 3.30).

4.7 Replace GPS Receiver


To replace the GPS receiver refer to Replace GPS Receiver (Section 3.31).

4.8 Replace Optical Fiber Link


The optical fiber link is connected on the SUMX 19 Inch board to the GNC
module and on the RRH2x40 module on the optical fiber connection area.
Tools and Materials You must have a BTS NEM and a RS-232 asynchronous
communication link cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM
to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet
cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The
MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to use the BTS NEM.
A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use RS-232
adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the BTS Terminal/MMI-RS232 port of
the SUMX 19 Inch board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH
port of the SUMX 19 Inch board. The MMI-RS232/MMI-ETH ports are located
on the front panel of the SUMX 19 Inch. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for
information on how to use the BTS NEM.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 203 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

Impact on System All telecommunications resources of the impacted sector


are lost when BTS_TEL is locked (disabled).

4.8.1 Remove the Optical Fiber Link


Replace a optical fiber link:
1. Open the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.
2. Connect the BTS NEM PC to the MMI/MMI-ETH port on the SUMX 19 Inch .
3. Disable BTS_TEL corresponding to the impacted sector number.
4. Disable RA for the impacted RRH2x40 module.
5. Disconnect the optical fiber cable from the SUMX 19 Inch.
6. Identify the connector components.

7. Loosen the nut spiral (2).


8. Rotate counter-clockwise the coupling nut (7) until it is detached from
the receptacle.

204 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

9. Unlock and disconnect the cable from the SFP module.


10. Remove the plug body from the receptacle.

11. Remove the nut spiral (included tightening cone) (2) from the plug body (1).
12. Remove the sub-assembly [ clamp nut (5) + clamp split gasket (4)] from
the plug body (1).

The following figure shows the complete cable assembly.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 205 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

13. Remove the tightening cone from the nut spiral then the connectors from
the plug body (1).

14. Open the clamp nut (5) and remove it from the cable and split gasket (4).

206 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

15. Remove the tightening cone (3) from the cable.

16. Remove the connectors from the nut spiral (2).

4.8.2 Install the Optical Fiber Link


To install the optical fiber cable:
1. Run the optical fiber cable to the SUMX 19 Inch.
2. Connect the optical fiber cable to the SUMX 19 Inch.
3. Run the optical fiber cable to the RRH.
4. Identify the optical fiber connector R2CT components.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 207 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

5. Turn and remove the protection cap (6).

6. Insert the LC connectors into the nut spiral (2) along the cable assembly.

7. Insert the tightening cone (3) and slide it over the cable jacket.

208 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

8. Place and close over the cable the clamp nut (5) over the clamp split
gasket (4).

The following figure shows the complete cable assembly.

9. Insert the LC connectors into the plug body (1) and Insert the tightening
cone into the nut spiral.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 209 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

10. Insert the sub-assembly [ clamp nut (5) + clamp split gasket (4)] into the
plug body (1).

11. Begin manually to thread the nut spiral (included tightening cone) (2) onto
the plug body (1). Do not tighten the nut.
12. Insert the plug body into the receptacle.

13. Remove the LC protection caps.

210 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


4 Distributed BTS RITs

14. Insert and lock the LC connectors into place.

15. Push and Rotate clockwise the coupling nut (7) until secured onto the
receptacle.

16. Begin to thread manually the nut spiral (2) and then apply torque via 21 mm
adapted wrench to achieve approximately 3.5 N.m torque.
17. Label the optical fiber cable on the RRH side.
18. For the impacted RRH2x40 module Init RA.
19. Init BTS_TEL SBL, corresponding to the impacted sector number.
20. Stop the BTS NEM.
21. Disconnect the BTS NEM.
22. Close the front door of the rack where the SUMX 19 Inch is installed.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 211 / 224


4 Distributed BTS RITs

212 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

This section contains the procedures to replace the following RITs:

Air Conditioner Unit


Lightning Protection

Service Light

BU101 Batteries

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 213 / 224


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5.1 Replace Air-Conditioner Unit


Tools and Materials You must have:
A small flathead screwdriver

A Torx 20 screwdriver

An insulated wrench (M5)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System None.

Heavy Equipment
The air-conditioner weights 30 kg. Injury to personnel and damage to
equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when removing the air-conditioner. Do NOT remove the nuts that
secure it to the door until it is properly supported.

5.1.1 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAA


The air-conditioner RIT part number is 3BK 26145 AAAA, DANTHERM No.:
35284.

5.1.1.1 Remove the Faulty ACU


Procedure Replace an air-conditioner RIT:
1. Open the front door of the external outdoor battery cabinet. (Refer to Open
and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information)
2. Switch OFF (down) the air-conditioner circuit breaker on the front panel of
the AC distribution box. It is located at the left side wall of the external
battery cabinet outdoor
3. Disconnect the AC power connector located at the left side of the AC
distribution box
4. Disconnect the alarm cable from the terminal blocks carefully noting their
position for re-connecting and disassemble the cable from cabinet. The
terminal blocks are located at the lower right side wall
5. Remove the screws fixing the front cover of the ACU then remove the cover
6. Loosen, but do not remove the nuts securing the air-conditioner to the door
7. Support the air-conditioner and then remove the nuts and the air-conditioner
from the door
8. Fit the front cover to the faulty ACU and fix it with the screws.

214 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5.1.1.2 Install the Replacement ACU

Gasket Damage
While placing the replacement air-conditioner against the door in the next step,
take care not to damage the gasket between air-conditioner and door.

Procedure Install the replacement ACU:


1. Remove the screws fixing front cover of the replacement ACU then remove
the cover
2. Place the replacement air-conditioner against the door and replace the fixing
nuts. Support the air-conditioner until the nuts are fully tightened.
3. Fit the ACU front cover and fix it with the screws
4. Re-connect the AC power connector located at the left side of the AC
distribution box
5. Re-connect the ACU alarm cable
6. Switch ON (up) the air-conditioner circuit breaker on the front panel of the
AC distribution box
7. Open the front door(s) of the BTS (Refer to Open and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information)
8. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR
9. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number into BTSRI remote inventory
additional module field
10. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic
11. Disconnect the BTS NEM
12. Close the front doors of the BTS and of the external battery cabinet outdoor.

5.1.2 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAB


The air-conditioner RIT part number is 3BK 26145 ABAA, KNURR No.:
01.998.312.0.

Procedure Replace an air-conditioner RIT:


1. Open the front door of the external outdoor battery cabinet. (Refer to Open
and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information)
2. Switch OFF (down) the air-conditioner circuit breaker on the front panel of
the power distribution box. It is located at the left side wall of the external
outdoor battery cabinet
3. Cut the cable ties fixing the alarm and power cables to the ACU
4. Disconnect the AC power connector located at the bottom of the ACU
5. Disconnect the ACU alarm cable located at the bottom of the ACU
6. Remove the nuts securing the air-conditioner to the door
7. Support the air-conditioner and then remove the nuts and the air-conditioner
from the door

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 215 / 224


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

Gasket Damage
While placing the replacement air-conditioner against the door in the next step,
take care not to damage the gasket between air-conditioner and door.

8. Place the replacement air-conditioner against the door and replace the fixing
nuts. Support the air-conditioner until the nuts are fully tightened.
9. Re-connect the AC power supply cable to the AC connector at the bottom of
ACU
10. Re-connect the ACU alarm cable to the connector at the bottom of ACU
11. Switch ON (up) the air-conditioner circuit breaker on the front panel of
the power distribution box
12. Open the front door(s) of the BTS (Refer toOpen and Close 9100 BTS
Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information)
13. Connect the BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR
14. Using the BTS NEM, set the part number into BTSRI remote inventory
additional module field
15. Using the BTS NEM, check that there are no outstanding alarms on the
BTS, and that all SBLs are in traffic
16. Disconnect the BTS NEM
17. Close the front doors of the BTS and of the external battery cabinet outdoor.

216 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5.2 Replace Lightning Protection in External Outdoor Battery


Cabinet
The RIT part numbers of the lightning protection modules are 1AB 10046 0005
(L-N) and 1AB 10046 0006 (N-PE).
This procedure tells you how to replace the lightning protection module. This
module is located in the AC distribution box at the left lower side wall. The
module can be replaced without switching off the power.
The top cover of the AC distribution box has a window which allows to check
the lightning protection modules without removing the cover.
Tools and Materials You must have a medium crosshead screwdriver.
Impact on System None.

Procedure Replace a Lightning Protection Module:


1. Open the front door of the external outdoor battery cabinet. (Refer toOpen
and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)

AC handling
Be careful when handling AC circuits and components!

2. Detect the defective lightning protector (a red indication field indicates that
the lightning detector has to be replaced) at the top cover of the power
distribution box.
3. Unscrew the retaining screw(s) of the front cover.
4. Only for cabinet version 3BK 26004 AAAB disconnect the ground cable
from the front cover.
5. Put the front cover aside.
6. Remove the defective lightning protector and insert a new one.
7. Only for cabinet version 3BK 26004 AAAB re-connect the ground cable
to the front cover.
8. Replace the top cover of the power distribution box and tighten the retaining
screw(s).
9. Close the front door of the external battery cabinet outdoor.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 217 / 224


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5.3 Replace Service Light


The Service Light is STEGO SL25 part number is Art.No.: 02520.0-00.
Tools and Materials You must have:

A Torx 20 screwdriver

A medium crosshead screwdriver

A medium flathead screwdriver.

Impact on System None.

5.3.1 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAA


Procedure Replace a service light RIT:
1. Open the front door of the external outdoor battery cabinet. (Refer to Open
and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the service light circuit breaker on the front panel of
the AC distribution box. It is located at the left side wall of the external
outdoor battery cabinet.
3. Switch OFF the power switch on the service light unit
4. Loosen the retaining screw of the service light cover on the side where the
light power cable comes in
5. Disconnect the service light power cable from the upper part of the AC
distribution box
6. Loosen the two retaining screws of the service light and remove the
service light
7. Loosen the retaining screw of the service light transparent cover in the
midlle of the service light
8. Squeeze the two sides of the lamp transparent cover together gently and pull
off the cover by turning it sidewards.

Insert Service Light Insert the new Service Light Lamp:


Lamp 1. Replace the appropriate lamp with a new one
2. Replace the service lamp transparent cover
3. Tighten the cover retaining screw
4. Replace the service light in the cabinet and tighten the two retaining screws
5. Replace the power cover and tighten its retaining screw
6. Reconnect the service light power cable
7. Switch ON the service light switch and check that the new lamp illuminates
8. If the service light is ok switch it OFF
9. Close the front door of the external battery cabinet outdoor.

218 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5.3.2 Case of Cabinet Version 3BK 26004 AAAB


Procedure Replace a service light RIT:
1. Open the front door of the external outdoor battery cabinet. (Refer to Open
and Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)
2. Switch OFF (down) the service light circuit breaker on the front panel of
the power distribution box. It is located at the left side wall of the external
battery cabinet outdoor.
3. Switch OFF the power switch on the service light unit
4. Remove the retaining screw of the service light cover on the side where the
light power cable comes in
5. Remove the screws fixing the power cable to the service light unit
6. Disconnect the service light power cable from the service light unit. Write
down the cables position.
7. Remove the two retaining screws of the service light and remove the
service light unit.

Insert Service Light Insert the new Service Light Lamp:


Lamp 1. Replace the appropriate lamp with a new one
2. Replace the service light in the cabinet and tighten the two retaining screws
3. Reconnect the power cables to the service light in the same position as for
the replaced unit
4. Fix the power cable to the service light unit
5. Replace the service light cover and tighten its retaining screw
6. Switch ON the service light switch and check that the new lamp illuminates
7. If the service light is ok switch it OFF
8. Close the front door of the external battery cabinet outdoor.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 219 / 224


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

5.4 Replace BU101 in External Battery Cabinets


The BU101 RIT part number is 3BK 25854 AA.
The BU101 battery unit consists of four serially-connected 12 V sealed
lead-acid batteries.

Short-Circuiting Batteries
Short-circuiting of battery terminals can cause injury to personnel and damage
to equipment.
Be careful when handling batteries.

The batteries are connected as shown in the following figure.


To BUS Bar via
Circuit Breaker To BUS Bar

Temperature
Sensor Cable
(to RIBAT)

Battery Battery Battery Battery

Front View

Jumper

Exhausting
Hoses

Top View

Figure 43: BU101 Battery Unit and Terminal Connections in External Battery
Cabinets

A temperature sensor is connected to the positive (+) battery terminal.


Each battery unit can be fitted with exhausting hoses which expel the gasses
produced during battery charging to the external environment.
Once a year, it is recommended to inspect the batteries for corrosion and
damage and measure the battery voltage and temperature.

220 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

Tools and Materials You must have:


A torque wrench with an M6/M8 adaptor

An insulated wrench (M8)

A BTS NEM, an RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable (use an


RS-232 adapter if needed) to connect PC NEM to the MMI port of the SUM
board or an Ethernet cable to connect PC NEM to MMI-ETH port of the
SUMX board. The MMI/MMI-ETH port are located on the front panel of
the SUM. Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for information on how to
use the BTS NEM.

Impact on System If the External Battery Cabinet contains only one battery
backup unit or all battery units are connected in parallel using a common circuit
breaker and if there is a mains power failure during the replacement procedure,
the BTS is powered down and all telecommunications resources are lost.
Remove Batteries Remove a BU101 battery unit:
1. Open the front door of the External Battery Cabinet. (Refer toOpen and
Close 9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.)
2. Follow the instructions on the warning labels on the front of the BU101 while
carrying out the rest of this procedure.
3. Switch OFF (down) the battery circuit breaker of the battery unit to be
replaced.
In indoor battery cabinet the individual circuit breaker for each battery unit
is positioned on lefthand side of the battery unit. If all battery units are
connected in parallel, individual circuit breakers are out of service. Then
the common circuit breaker has to be used which is positioned in the
connection area above the battery units.
In outdoor battery cabinet the individual circuit breaker is positioned on the
DC breaker box above the battery units.
4. Loosen the retaining screws of the battery cover plate in front of each battery
unit and remove the cover plate.
5. Remove exhausting hoses (if available) from exhausting nipple on top of
each battery block.
6. Pull off the cap on the negative (-) terminal on the left battery block, remove
the M6 nut and then disconnect the battery cable.
7. Pull off the cap on the positive (+) terminal on the right battery block,
remove the M6 nut and then disconnect the temperature sensor cable and
the battery cable.
8. Pull off the other six caps on the remaining battery terminals, and remove
the six M8 screws.
9. Remove the jumpers linking the four battery blocks.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 221 / 224


5 External Battery Cabinet Outdoor Outdoor

Heavy Equipment
Each battery block of the BU101 weighs 30 - 35 kg. Injury to personnel and
damage to equipment may result if it is dropped or otherwise mishandled.
Be careful when moving or lifting the BU101.

10. Loosen the retaining nuts of the fixing straps securing the BU101 to the
battery compartment, remove the fixing straps and then remove the
individual battery blocks from the compartment.

Install Batteries Install a BU101 battery unit:


1. Inspect the batteries and terminals of the replacement BU101 for corrosion
or cracks.
2. Place two self-adhesive spacers on the top of the left side wall of the inner
battery blocks and on the battery block to be placed to the right.
3. Install the charged replacement batteries in the battery compartment and
secure using the fixing straps.
4. Replace the cover plate of the battery unit and tighten the retaining screws.
5. Replace the three jumpers linking the four batteries, as shown in Figure 43.
6. Replace the six M8 screws on the three jumpers and tighten each nut to a
torque of 5 Nm using a torque wrench with an M8 adaptor.
7. Replace the terminal caps on the six M8 screws.
8. Re-connect the battery cable removed in Step 6 (Remove the Batteries) to
the negative (-) terminal on the left battery, and replace the M6 nut.
9. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 5
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
10. Re-connect first the battery cable and then the temperature cable removed
in Step 7 (Remove the Batteries) to the positive (+) terminal on the right
battery, and replace the M6 nut.
11. Using a torque wrench with an M6 adaptor, tighten the nut to a torque of 5
Nm and then replace the terminal cap.
12. Re-connect the exhausting hoses (if available) to the nipple on top of
each battery.
13. Switch ON (up) the corresponding battery circuit breaker.
14. Open the front door of the corresponding BTS. (Refer toOpen and Close
9100 BTS Cabinets (Section 3.1) for more information.) and connect the
BTS NEM to the MMI port on the SUM in the STASR.
15. Using the BTS NEM, update the remote inventory of the RIBAT with following
information:

Serial number of BU101

Commissioning (current installation) date.

16. Disconnect the BTS NEM.


17. Close the front door(s) of the BTS and the External Battery Cabinet.

222 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b


6 BTS OMU Software

6 BTS OMU Software

This section tells you how to reload the OMU software in a BTS.
It contains a procedure for reloading the software via a BTS, BSC or OMC-R
terminal.

3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b 223 / 224


6 BTS OMU Software

6.1 Before You Start


Read this section before starting the procedures in this section.
Prerequisites You must have read Safety Rules and Precautions (Section 1)
before performing any reloading procedures.
Tools and Materials You must have one of the following:

A BTS NEM connected via Ethernet cable to MMI-ETH port on the SUMX
board.

A BTS NEM connected via an RS-232 asynchronous communication link


cable (use RS-232 adapter if needed) to the MMI port on the:
SUM in the 9100 BTS cabinet
COBO in the 9110 Micro BTS/9110-E Micro BTS cabinet.
Refer to the BTS NEM User Guide for more information.

A BSC terminal connected to the BSC via one of the following:


An RS-232 asynchronous communication link cable
An X.25 synchronous communication link cable.
Refer to the BSC Terminal User Guide for more information.

Access to an operator at the OMC-R.

Impact on System Note the following impact on the system:

The BTS is still available during the reset and subsequent reload of OMU
software. Although the OMU is not available, calls can be set up and
cleared in normal operating conditions

There is no significant difference in system behavior between the four


different ways of performing the reload action. The OMC-R is informed of
the BTS state changes.

Restrictions None.

6.2 Use a BTS, BSC or OMC-R Terminal


To reload the OMU software using a BTS, BSC or OMC-R terminal, refer to
the following documents:

BTS NEM User Guide

BSC Terminal User Guide.

224 / 224 3BK 21643 AAAA PCZZA Ed.29b

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi